Only this pageAll pages
Powered by GitBook
Couldn't generate the PDF for 113 pages, generation stopped at 100.
Extend with 50 more pages.
1 of 100

Wave

Getting Started

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Wave Workspace

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Wave Experience

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

WAVE DATA MANAGEMENT

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Surf The Wave

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Matrix

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

REPORTS

Loading...

IMPORT

Loading...

SETTINGS

Loading...

Release Notes

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Loading...

Create A New Grid

Grids allow you to efficiently organize, view, and interact with your Salesforce data. Whether you're using Manage Grid in Wave Browser Extension or Grid Wizard in Wave Embedded, you can create a grid tailored to your workflow. Each product offers a unique approach to grid creation, ensuring flexibility and ease of use.

Click below to proceed with the grid creation steps for your product:

Grid Wizard in SalesforceManage Grid in Wave Browser Extension

Get Started with Valorx Wave

Setting up Valorx Wave is quick and easy, whether you're using Wave Browser Extension or Wave Embedded. Both versions provide a powerful spreadsheet-like interface to enhance your Salesforce experience—one through a browser extension and the other directly within Salesforce.

  • Wave Browser Extension requires installing a Chrome or Edge extension to access Salesforce data outside the platform.

  • Wave Embedded is built directly into Salesforce, eliminating the need for a browser extension.

Follow the steps below to install and start using Valorx Wave based on your preferred setup.

Wave Embedded Installation & SetupWave Browser Extension Installation & Setup

What is Valorx Wave

Overview

Valorx Wave transforms the way you work with Salesforce by providing a powerful, spreadsheet-like interface for managing data with speed and efficiency. Whether you're using the browser extension or the embedded Salesforce application, Valorx Wave streamlines complex operations, saving time and improving efficiency for all Salesforce users.

Built for security and performance, Valorx Wave operates entirely within Salesforce’s controls, ensuring data integrity without local storage. Whether you're streamlining daily tasks or tackling complex data operations, Valorx Wave empowers you to get more done—faster and smarter.

Supported Browsers: Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge .

Wave

Valorx Wave

Experience a faster, smarter way to work with Salesforce using Valorx Wave. Whether you need seamless bulk editing, real-time error validation, or a more intuitive way to manage records, our powerful features are designed to simplify your workflow and boost productivity. Say goodbye to inefficiencies and hello to a streamlined Salesforce experience.

Discover how Valorx Wave can transform the way you work:

Bulk Edit

Save significant time by editing hundreds or thousands of records in seconds, enabling faster updates and improved productivity.

Save, Review & Revert

Maintain control over your data changes by reviewing updates before saving. Revert mistakes instantly to avoid errors.

Formatting & Grouping

Easily organize and structure your data for better clarity and analysis, helping you make informed decisions faster.

Filter & Sort

Focus only on relevant data with precise filtering and sorting options, reducing clutter and improving efficiency.

Search & Organize

Quickly locate any data in your grid using global search, and personalize your layout to work smarter, not harder.

Edit, Add & Clean Up

Ensure clean and accurate data before importing to Salesforce by editing or adding records within the grid.

Real Time Error Validation

Prevent import errors by catching and fixing issues in real time, reducing rework and ensuring accuracy.

Whether you’re organizing, filtering, or preparing data for Salesforce, this app delivers a seamless and intuitive experience. Work smarter, stay in control, and achieve more with a data management solution designed for you!

Bulk Edit
Save, Review and Revert
Formatting and Grouping
Filter and Sort
Search and Organize
Edit, Add and Clean Up
Real Time Error Validation

Group

The Group feature allows you to organize records by shared attributes, much like grouping in Excel. This helps you structure data logically, making it easier to analyze, navigate, and manage related information at a glance.

Supported Field Types

Grouping is only available for specific field types: Lookup, Date, and Picklist fields.

Key Uses of Grouping

You can use the Group function to:

  • Create meaningful Custom Grids based on grouped data

  • Focus on specific sets of records for better visibility and quick operations

  • Generate temporary or ad hoc groups for time-sensitive analysis

  • Build disposable groups for one-time use or quick insights


How to Create a Group

  1. Click the Group icon on the toolbar. A pop-up appears showing all available grouping parameters for the current Grid.

  2. Select a parameter (e.g., Account, Status, Owner). A list of values under that parameter will be shown. Choose one or more values and click Apply.

  3. A group will be created, and the grouped records will appear in the Grid view. Each group includes an Expand icon and the number of records it contains.


Group Floaty

Once a group is created, a Group Floaty panel appears at the bottom-right of your screen. This panel provides a convenient way to navigate between groups and manage grouped data.

Floaty Features:

  • Resizable: Drag the top edge or corners of the floaty to resize it vertically. The chosen size persists until manually changed.

  • Minimize/Maximize: Click the Minimize button to collapse the floaty into a title bar. Click Maximize to restore it to its previous size.

  • Draggable: The floaty remains draggable whether it's minimized or expanded. You can reposition it anywhere on the screen for better visibility.


Navigating Groups

  • Use the Expand icon next to each group to view its records.

  • The Group icon in the Title Bar displays the currently applied grouping parameter.

  • Grouped records remain sortable, filterable, and editable, just like ungrouped records.

Pick The Right Wave

Overview

Valorx Wave comes in two options, both offering a powerful spreadsheet-like interface for managing Salesforce data:

  • Wave Browser Extension runs as a Chrome or Edge browser extension, enabling users to work seamlessly with Salesforce data outside the platform.

  • Wave Embedded is built directly within Salesforce, providing the same intuitive experience without requiring a browser extension.

Both options deliver enhanced productivity and efficiency—choose the one that best fits your workflow!

Valorx Wave Options

Wave Browser Extension (Wave in Browser )

  • Description: A standalone web-based version that allows users to access and manage Salesforce data directly from a browser.

  • Best For: Users who require flexibility to work on multiple devices or outside the Salesforce ecosystem.

  • Features:

    • Easy access from any internet-connected device.

Wave Embedded (Wave in Salesforce)

  • Description: A fully integrated version accessible directly within Salesforce.

  • Best For: Users deeply engaged in Salesforce workflows, such as Designers or Salesforce admins.

  • Features:

    • Embedded within the Salesforce UI for seamless interaction.

How to Choose the Right Valorx Wave

Both versions of Valorx Wave provide seamless access to Salesforce data—the key difference is how you access them. Here's how to decide which one fits your workflow best:

✅ Where You Work

  • Wave Browser Extension: Runs through a Chrome or Edge extension, giving you a spreadsheet-like interface outside of Salesforce.

  • Wave Embedded: Works directly inside Salesforce, providing the same experience without needing a browser extension.

✅ User Role

  • Designers and Admins: Prefer Wave Embedded for direct access to grid creation tools within Salesforce.

  • Standard Users: Can use either version, depending on their specific tasks and workflow.

✅ Data Accessibility

  • Wave Browser Extension: Suited for standalone data analysis and external sharing.

  • Wave Embedded: Ideal for real-time data updates and seamless Salesforce integration.

Choose the option that best fits your needs and maximize your productivity with Valorx Wave! 🚀

  • Standalone operation without needing Salesforce UI.

  • Supports exporting and sharing data outside of Salesforce.

  • Streamlined data synchronization with Salesforce objects.

  • Ideal for creating and managing grids tied to Salesforce data.

  • Wave Browser Extension
    Wave Embedded
  • Removable:

    • Click the X button in the floaty header to close it.

    • Alternatively, click the Group icon again to open a dropdown where you can choose Remove Group to clear the grouping entirely.

  • Group features
    Create a group

    Home

    Home Screen for Wave Browser Extension

    Home Screen

    The Wave Home Screen serves as the central hub for users upon logging into Wave. It provides a comprehensive overview of key metrics, recent activity, and essential tools, ensuring quick access to frequently used grids and reports.


    Dashboard Overview (Top Section)

    At the top of the Wave Home Screen, a dashboard displays essential insights based on the user's activity in Wave:

    • Total Custom Grids – The number of custom grids created.

    • Total Global Grids – The total number of global grids created.

    • Top Object Used – The most frequently accessed Salesforce object in Wave.

    • Total Mapped Reports – The number of reports mapped within grids.


    Navigation & User Options (Top-Right Section)

    The top-right corner of the screen provides quick access to user actions and account settings:

    • Profile Button – Opens a user menu with account details and management options.

    • Take a Tour – A guided walkthrough to help users explore key features of Wave.

    • Upgrade (Available for free accounts only) – Allows users to upgrade their subscription plan for additional features.

    User Profile Menu Overview

    Clicking the User Profile Button opens a window with the following options:

    • User Information – Displays the logged-in user's email address and name.

    • More Organizations – Allows users to manage multiple organizations:

      • Click Add to link a new organization.

    This menu provides a centralized location for users to manage their account details, organization access, and settings with ease.


    Recent Grids (Middle Section)

    The Recent Grids section provides a quick view of the most recently accessed grids, helping users resume work effortlessly. Each entry displays:

    • Grid Name

    • Salesforce Object

    • Additional Grid Details

    Users can search for specific grids, matrices, or objects using the search bar, ensuring easy navigation.

    Create New Grid (Action Button)

    Positioned between the Dashboard Overview and Recent Grids, the "Add New" button allows users to quickly create a new grid, matrix, report and import files.


    Right Panel (Subscription & Support Resources)

    The right-side panel offers useful insights and resources to support users:

    • My Plans – Displays the number of Free and Pro members in the organization and the current subscription details.

    • Helpful Guide – Provides quick links to essential documentation and tutorials.

    • Feature Spotlight – Showcases new and key Wave features.

    • Your Feedback Matters – Allows users to submit feedback about their Wave experience.

    This layout ensures a smooth workflow, helping users easily navigate, create grids, and manage their subscriptions.

    Overview

    Wave provides two distinct workspaces for interacting with Salesforce data, each designed to enhance user efficiency and experience. Whether working directly within Salesforce or using an embedded experience, both options ensure seamless grid management and data interaction with a familiar spreadsheet-like interface that allows users to edit, sort, and analyze data efficiently.

    • Wave Browser Extension – Accessed via a browser extension, featuring a sidebar and top bar for navigation. Additionally, when Wave is installed, the Wave Floaty appears on Salesforce pages, providing quick actions without switching contexts. This workspace is ideal for users who need Excel-style grid functionality, enabling bulk editing, advanced filtering, and structured data management.

    • Wave Embedded – Accessed directly within Salesforce, offering a simplified interface with a top navigation bar for seamless interaction with grids. It provides a lightweight, Excel-like experience for users who need to quickly update and organize Salesforce data within their existing workflow.

    Each workspace is designed to cater to different user needs. Wave Browser Extension offers a comprehensive navigation system, making it ideal for users who frequently manage multiple grids and reports. On the other hand, Wave Embedded provides a more flexible and efficient way to interact with Salesforce data without leaving the platform, maintaining an intuitive spreadsheet-style interface.

    Below is an overview of the key components in each workspace.


    Wave Browser Extension Workspace

    Wave Browser Extension includes a sidebar and top bar for navigation. When installed, the Wave Floaty appears on Salesforce pages for quick actions.

    1. Wave Sidebar

    Located on the left, the Wave Sidebar provides access to key sections:

    • – Quick access to the Wave Home Screen.

    • – Manage and interact with grids.

    • – View and analyze reports.

    • – Upload and process data.

    2. Top Bar

    Positioned at the top of the interface, the Top Bar includes:

    • Profile Button – Manage user settings and preferences.

    • Take a Tour Button – Explore Wave features through an interactive guide.

    • Upgrade Button – Access upgrade options. (Visible only to Free Subscription users)

    3. Wave Floaty

    Located on the right side, the Wave Floaty provides quick object access:

    • Click the Wave Floaty Button to open a selection panel.

    • Choose an Object, then view its associated grids.

    • Select a grid to navigate directly to the corresponding Wave Browser Extension Object Grid Page.


    Wave Embedded Workspace

    Wave Embedded provides a compact workspace with essential navigation:

    Top Navigation Bar

    Users can switch between three key sections:

    • – View and manage available grids.

    • – Configure and create grids.

    • – Access and work within selected grids.

    Type of Grid in Wave

    Wave offers different types of grids to help users interact with Salesforce data efficiently. Each grid type is designed to suit various data management needs, providing an Excel-like interface for viewing, editing, and analyzing records seamlessly.

    When working with Salesforce objects in Valorx Wave, grids are categorized into four types:

    1. Custom Grids

    2. Standard Grids

    3. Report Grids

    4. Global Grids

    Each type serves a specific purpose based on how data is displayed, modified, or shared within Valorx Wave.


    Custom Grid (My Grids)

    A Custom Grid is created when you modify a Standard Grid or design a grid from scratch.

    🔹 How a Custom Grid is Created:

    • Adding or removing fields.

    • Applying sorting or filtering conditions.

    • Creating a grid from scratch based on specific requirements.

    🔹 Key Features:

    • Automatically saved under My Grids for easy access.

    • Unique to the user who created it unless shared globally.

    Standard Grid (Salesforce View)

    A Standard Grid is automatically generated when you open a Salesforce Object’s grid in Valorx Wave without any modifications. It mirrors the object’s structure as defined in Salesforce.

    🔹 Key Features:

    • Displays all fields and records based on the default Salesforce setup.

    • Cannot be customized within Valorx Wave.

    Report Grid

    A Report Grid is designed to work with Salesforce Reports. Instead of displaying object records directly, it pulls data from a pre-defined Salesforce report.

    🔹 Key Features:

    • Provides a summarized view of data based on Salesforce Reports.

    • Useful for analytical and reporting purposes.

    • Cannot be modified like a Custom Grid but reflects changes made in the original Salesforce Report.

    Global Grid

    A Global Grid is a reusable grid that can be shared across multiple users within an organization.

    🔹 Key Features:

    • Can be accessed by multiple users with appropriate permissions.

    • Only Custom Grids can be set as Global Grid


    Summary Table

    Grid Type
    Source Data
    Customizable
    Purpose

    By understanding the different grid types, users can efficiently manage and interact with their data in Valorx Wave. 🚀

    Saving Changes

    • If you modify record data in Standard Grid or Salesforce View, Valorx Wave will prompt you to confirm whether you want to save those changes in Salesforce.

    • Visibility-related changes (such as sorting, filtering, or field selection) do not affect Salesforce and are saved only in Valorx Wave as a Custom Grid.

    Key Difference

    A Custom Grid exists only in Valorx Wave and does not impact Salesforce grids. However, both Standard and Custom Grids allow you to edit and save record data in Salesforce.


    Salesforce Report vs. Mapped Report Grid

    When working with Salesforce reports in Valorx Wave, they are referred to as Mapped Report Grids.

    • Mapped Report Grid:

      • When you open a Salesforce report in Valorx Wave, it becomes a Mapped Report Grid.

      • This process involves mapping the Salesforce report to Valorx Wave in just a few clicks.

    • Processing Reports:

    Wave Floaty

    Wave Floaty provides a convenient way to access key features in Wave Browser Extension, allowing users to navigate records and perform actions with ease. It offers three different views, each designed for specific use cases:

    • Default View Floaty

    • Record Page Floaty

    • Related List Page Floaty

    Common Elements in Wave Floaty

    Regardless of the page you're on, the following elements remain the same when you open Wave Floaty:

    • Dashboard Button – Returns users to the Wave Browser Extension screen.

    • Settings Button – Opens the Wave Browser Extension General Settings page.

    • Add Notes – Clicking this opens the Wave Browser Extension Grid Screen and launches the Notes Board, where users can add and manage their notes.

    While the layout and workspace remain consistent, the main content within Wave Floaty adapts to the Salesforce page the user is currently viewing. This ensures users always have relevant tools and information based on their workflow.

    To access Wave Floaty, simply click on the Floaty icon, and it will open with the corresponding page-specific content while maintaining the common elements listed above.

    Wave Floaty Views

    Wave Floaty provides a convenient way to access key features in Wave, allowing users to navigate records and perform actions with ease. It offers three different views, each designed for specific use cases:

    • Default View Floaty

    • Record Page Floaty

    • Related List Page Floaty

    Default View Floaty

    The Default View Floaty is available to all users when on the Salesforce Home page. It provides quick access to frequently used objects: Accounts, Opportunities, Leads, and Contacts. With a single click, users can open these records directly in Wave.

    Key Features:

    • Recent Grids: Displays recently accessed records for quick navigation.

    Record Page Floaty

    The Record Page Floaty appears when a user opens a Salesforce record and clicks on Floaty. This view differs from the Default View by offering more direct record-level actions.

    Key Features:

    • Color Bar Conditions: Users can quickly access color bar conditions via a hyperlink at the top of the Floaty.

    • Object Access: Clicking on an object name opens it directly in Wave Browser Extension.

    • Mass Modifier: Clicking the hyperlink opens Mass Modifier for the specific record in Wave Browser Extension.

    • Favorite Grids: Displays a list of favorited records for quick access.

    Related List Page Floaty

    The Related List Page Floaty appears when users open a record and access the Floaty menu. This view allows users to manage and customize related lists efficiently.

    Key Features:

    • Custom Page Layouts: Users can create custom layouts by clicking on the Page Layout hyperlink.

    • Add Page Layout: (Redirects to Wave for customization)

    • Related List Window: Opens the related list in Wave with a single click. Users can also access related lists via a drop-down menu.

    • Custom Page Layout Details:

    Manage Grid in Wave Browser Extension

    Creating a New Custom Grid in Wave Browser Extension

    Easily create a custom grid in Wave Browser Extension to manage your Salesforce data in a spreadsheet-like interface. Creating a Custom Grid allows you to view specific records for an Object based on your needs. For example, you can create a Grid to:

    • View all leads with an attachment.

    • Display opportunities in the chemical industry with a Pending Approval status.

    Column Group

    Just like in Microsoft Excel, Column Grouping in Wave lets you visually group multiple columns under a single header. This makes large datasets easier to scan, organize, and manage—especially when working with complex or related information.

    What is Column Grouping?

    Column grouping allows you to:

    • Combine related columns under a shared group header

    Archived Release Notes

    This section contains release notes from previous product versions that have been archived for reference. While these notes cover past updates, features, and bug fixes, they may no longer reflect the current functionality of the product. Please refer to the most recent release notes for up-to-date information.

    May 25 Release (v12) - Hotfix

    👋 Introduction

    We’re rolling out a small but important fix to improve your experience with record creation in Wave Embedded. This hotfix addresses a lookup field issue that was affecting usability and consistency for users working in Salesforce Lightning Record Pages.

    🔍 Issue Fixed: Lookup Field Not Auto-Populating

    We’ve fixed an issue where lookup fields (like Account Name) were not auto-filling when inserting related records from Lightning Record Pages.

    Now, when users insert a record from a grid inside the lightning record page, the related lookup field will automatically populate based on the parent record—no manual selection needed.

    This fix improves the record creation experience and helps maintain data accuracy.

    ✅ What This Means for You

    • Smoother experience when inserting related records

    • Improved consistency and fewer manual steps

    • Better alignment with standard Salesforce behavior

    This hotfix ensures a smoother and more intuitive user experience when inserting records in Salesforce via Wave Embedded. We appreciate your continued feedback—it helps us deliver improvements that make a difference.

    If you encounter any issues or have questions, please don’t hesitate to reach out to the team.

    Report Grid

    Salesforce Report

    ✅ Yes

    Displays pre-configured report data.

  • The Mapped Report Grid opens in the Grids Screen, where you can process it just like any other grid.

  • Changes to record data can be saved in Salesforce, while visibility-related changes (such as sorting or filtering) remain within Valorx Wave.

  • Standard Grid

    Salesforce Object

    ❌ No

    Displays unmodified Salesforce data.

    Custom Grid

    Modified Salesforce Object

    ✅ Yes

    Allows field selection, sorting, and filtering.

    Global Grid

    Shared Configuration

    ✅ Yes

    Provides a consistent view across multiple users.

    Records Fetch – The number of record fetch in grids.

    If the user has added organizations, a list of linked organizations is displayed.
    Multiple Org Support
  • Settings – Opens the Settings Screen page, where users can update preferences and configure their profile.

  • Logout – Logs the user out of their Wave account.

  • Dashboard Overview
    User Profile
    Search grids, matrix names and object.
    Add New button
    Right Panel

    Matrix – Work with advanced data structures.

  • Invite – Add new users to Wave. (Visible only to Free Subscription users)

  • Feedback – Share feedback or request support.

  • Home
    Grids
    Report
    Import
    Wave Dashboard
    Grid Wizard
    Surf the Wave
    Wave Browser Extension Workspace
    Wave Floaty
    Wave Embedded Workspace
    Latest Wave Video – Displays an embedded video featuring the most recent updates about Valorx Wave product.
  • File Upload Section – The Data Import feature remains unchanged, allowing seamless data imports into Wave. Users can either select files to upload or drag and drop files into the designated area.

  • Displays the
    last edited time
    and
    record name
    for reference.
    Accessing Wave Floaty
    Default View
    Record Page
    Related List Page
    🛠️ Ways to Start Creating a Custom Grid

    You can create a custom grid in several ways, depending on where you are in the Wave Browser Extension. While the entry point may vary, the setup process remains the same.

    Home Screen

    • Click Add New, then select Grid from the popup (other options: Matrix, Reports, Import).

    • Choose the Object Name from the available list or from the Most Popular list.

    Create a custom grid from Home Screen

    Grid Selection Dropdown

    • Navigate to the desired Object tab before creating a grid. For example, if creating a Grid for Account, click Account before selecting Add New from the Grids Selection Dropdown.

    • Click Add New.

    Create a custom grid from Grid Selection Dropdown

    Objects with No Views

    • If an object doesn’t have any grids yet, you’ll see an Add New button—click it to get started.

    Create a custom grid for an object with no existing grids

    Customize Standard Grid (Salesforce View)

    • Adding or removing fields on the grid.

    • Applying sorting or filtering conditions.

    • Then click on Edit button.

    Create a custom grid by editing the Salesforce View

    The first time you apply sorting, filtering, or add/remove fields in a Standard Grid, a New Custom Grid is automatically created. This ensures you have a dedicated version to work with whenever needed. A toast notification will appear, confirming the creation of the Custom Grid.

    To update a Standard View grid, click the Edit button. This opens the Manage Grid window where you can:

    • Rename the grid and add a description.

    • Add or remove fields.

    • Enable or disable the Global Grid option.

    • Toggle the Refresh on Save setting.

    Note: The Salesforce View and Start from Scratch options are not available here, as you're modifying an existing Salesforce View layout.

    Any further modifications made using Grid features will be saved exclusively within this Custom Grid.

    Your new Custom Grid appears in the Grids screen, marked with the Custom Grid icon.


    🏷Name Your Grid

    • By default, the grid name will be pre-filled as Custom + [Object Name] + Grid (e.g., Custom Account Grid).

    • If you enable the Global Grid option, the name will automatically change to Global + [Object Name] + Grid (e.g., Global Account Grid).

    • If you manually remove Custom from the grid name, Global will also be removed.

    Grid Name

    🧩 Choose Grid Setup Option

    In the Create Grid window, choose one of the following setup methods:

    • Salesforce View (Default): Use a predefined Salesforce view. All fields in the view will be auto-populated. You can add or remove fields as needed.

    • Start from Scratch: Manually select the fields you want to include in your grid from the object’s field list.

    Salesforce View (Default Option):

    • After selecting the object, Salesforce View is selected by default.

    • Choose a Salesforce View from the dropdown list.

    • All fields from the selected view will be displayed.

    • You can add or remove fields as needed.

    • Choose whether to set the grid as global. If enabled, the button will appear, allowing you to manage grid access.

    • Optionally, enable the option to refresh the grid after saving.

    Create a global grid using Salesforce View

    Use this when you want to build a grid based on a predefined Salesforce view.

    Start from Scratch

    • Select Start from Scratch to manually choose fields for the grid.

    • An Object Fields List window will appear. Select the fields you want to include in your grid.

    • Click Update Fields to proceed.

    • You can also enable the global grid option and configure the Refresh on Save setting.

    Create a Custom Grid from Scratch

    ✨ Ideal for building a fully customized grid from the ground up.

    ✅ Final Step: Create the Grid

    Once everything looks good, click Create Grid to finish setup. Your custom grid is now ready! Your new Custom Grid appears in the Grids screen, marked with the Custom Grid icon. 🎉


    Assign colors and tooltips for better visual guidance

  • Expand or collapse grouped columns to save space

  • How to Create a Column Group

    1. Click on Column Group

      • Available from the toolbar and column header dropdown.

    2. Select Columns to Group

      • Choose columns to group.

    3. Pick a Group Color

      • Assign a color to help visually differentiate groups.

    4. Choose a Group Style (Optional)

      • Select a style to further customize how your grouped columns appear.

    5. Add a Tooltip (Optional)

      • Add helpful text that appears when users hover over the group’s expand/collapse icons.

    6. Click OK to Apply

      • Your grouped columns will now display with a shared colored header and toggle icons.

    Column Grouping

    Add More Columns to a Group

    Use the + Add New icon to add new columns. You can follow the same steps above to include them in a group.

    Multiple Column Grouping

    Tips:

    • Hover over the expand/collapse icons to see the tooltip you added.

    • You can create multiple column groups in a single grid.

    • Grouped columns make your grid look cleaner and are great for reporting views!

    Mass Modifier

    Mass Modifier

    With Mass Modify, you can update multiple records at once, just like bulk-editing in Excel. This feature streamlines data management by allowing quick modifications without the need for manual updates one by one.

    Please note: Mass Modifier is one of the most popular features of Valorx Wave along with Filters, Conditional formatting, and Lookups. Give it a try if you haven't used it yet.

    You can use this feature to modify a massive number of records at once. For example:

    Please follow the process below to perform Mass Modifications:

    1. Select the record you wish to modify.

    1. Click on Mass Modifier. The Mass Modifier pop-up will open.

    The Mass Modifier pop-up screen will show fields such as the select column field's name, number of selected records, modification action drop-down, and a field to enter the desired modification.

    • Since you selected fields from the Accounts Name column, the modification action drop-down will show two options: Change to and Clear Values.

    • Use the Search Accounts search box to search for the desired account name or type manually and click Apply. Three selected account names will be changed to the new one.

    • The Selection drop-down shows the number of selected records. You can use it to select all records if required.

    • If you wish to delete the data from the selected records, click the Change to drop-down and select Clear values. This is how you can perform mass deletes.

    • Click + Modify another field to apply modifications to the other column fields. You can click + Modify another field multiple times as per your requirements.

    • In any case, the change drop-down will show the change parameters based on the column. For example, the change parameters for the Amount column will be Increase/Decrease and Percentage/Value.

    When click + Modify another field, the selection drop-down will show two options:

    • All Records: Select All Records if you want to apply modifications to all records. (in this case, 200 records)

    • Selection: Select Selection if you want to apply modifications to another column fields of the already selected record. (in this case, 3 records)

    1. If you don't select any records, all available records will be selected by default for the modification.

    In this case also, you can click + Modify another field multiple times to apply modifications to other column fields for all records.

    1. In any case, the change drop-down will show the change parameters based on the column.

    For example,

    • The Amount column has two change parameter drop-downs. One will show options Increase by/Decrease by, and the other will show options Percentage/Value.

    • The Close Date has two change parameter drop-downs. One will show options: Increase by/Decrease by/Change to/Clear Values, and the other will show: Days/Weeks/Months/Quarters/Years. For the Close Date, the change parameters will be Increase by/Decrease.

    1. Once the modifications are applied, you will see the Save changes message with the Salesforce icon and a drop-down in the top right corner.

    • Click on the drop-down to preview the changes. Use the Revert icon or the Revert All button to revert the changes if required. Otherwise, click on Save changes.

    • Once the changes are saved in Salesforce, a Save Summary message will be shown.

    Let us see a few examples to understand the use of Mass Modifier:

    [1]

    Suppose you want to increase the Amount values by 10% for selected records.

    Select the required group of records.

    Click on Mass Modifier. Select the change parameters Increase by in one drop-down and Percentage in the other. Write down 10 in the Value field and click Apply.

    You will get the result as shown in the image below:

    [2]

    Let's modify the names for the selected records using Mass Modifier.

    Select the required records.

    Click on the Mass Modifier. Select the change parameters as Change to and enter the new desired name, i.e., Express Transports.

    Click Apply.

    You will get the result as shown in the image below:

    Wave Browser Extension Installation & Setup

    Wave in Browser enhances your workflow by providing a powerful, spreadsheet-like interface through a Chrome or Edge extension. This setup allows you to interact with Salesforce data effortlessly outside the platform, making bulk edits, updates, and analysis faster and more efficient.

    To get started, follow the installation steps below to set up Wave in Browser and unlock a smoother, more productive Salesforce experience.


    Prerequisites

    • or

    Install the Wave Browser Extension

    Click to go directly to the Wave Browser Extension page.

    1. On the extension page, click Add to Chrome or Get for Edge.

    2. Confirm by clicking Add Extension in the pop-up.

    3. Once installed, a prompt will appear to pin the extension for easy access:


    Configure Salesforce for Valorx Wave Connected App

    To ensure Wave users can seamlessly access and use Wave without authentication issues, the Valorx Connected App must be properly configured in Salesforce.

    Salesforce has recently enforced a restriction on the use of uninstalled connected apps. This means:

    • New users attempting to access uninstalled apps will be blocked.

    • Uninstalled apps using the OAuth 2.0 device flow will be blocked, even if users had previously authorized them.

    If access is blocked, you may encounter an error message:

    Important Notes for Wave Browser Extension Users

    • The Wave Extension does not include a package installation step, so the app name will not appear in the Connected App list by default.

    • A Salesforce System Administrator must first log in to Wave using Salesforce. Once this is done, the app will be listed under Connected Apps in Salesforce.

    Resolution: Install the Valorx Connected App

    1. A Salesforce System Administrator must first log in to Wave using Salesforce. Once this is done, the Valorx Wave app will appear under Connected Apps in Salesforce.

    2. In Salesforce, go to Setup.

    3. Search for and select Connected Apps OAuth Usage.

    4. Locate the

    Note: This setup is org-specific. If you are using multiple Salesforce orgs with Wave, repeat these steps for each org.

    If Valorx Wave Does Not Appear in the List

    If you do not see “Valorx Wave” listed under Connected Apps OAuth Usage, follow the steps below:

    1. Log in to Wave Browser Extension as a Salesforce System Administrator.

    2. Once the connection is successful, go back to Salesforce Setup → Connected Apps OAuth Usage.

    3. You should now see Valorx Wave in the list, ready for installation.


    Accessing Wave Browser Extension

    You can log in to Wave Browser Extension using one of the following methods:

    Log in with Salesforce

    Use your Salesforce credentials (your Salesforce login ID and password) to access Wave Browser Extension. Follow these steps:

    1. Click Login with Salesforce on the Wave Browser Extension.

    2. To log in using a Salesforce Sandbox, select the Sandbox checkbox below the button before proceeding. Note: This feature is for software developers and programmers. Otherwise, please avoid using it.

    3. Enter your Salesforce username and password and click Log In.

    Log in via Experience Cloud

    Community Cloud users can access Wave Browser Extension seamlessly through Experience Cloud. Follow these steps to log in:

    1. Click Login to Experience Cloud.

    2. Enter your organization's Experience Cloud URL in the provided field.

    3. Click the arrow button to proceed.

    4. Enter your Salesforce username and password.


    User Roles and Subscription Management

    Once installed, Valorx Wave assigns user roles based on permissions:

    • Admin User: The first person to connect a Salesforce Org becomes an Admin User with a free subscription. Admin Users can manage subscriptions, purchase licenses, and assign them to users. []

    • Designer: Designers have the same capabilities as Admin Users, except they cannot purchase licenses. []

    • Standard User: Additional users are assigned as a Standard User roles. []

    Click the links above for detailed information.

    Rule

    Rules allow you to apply visual formatting and interactive behavior to grid data based on user-defined conditions. With Rule, you can highlight values, hide data, restrict editing access, and provide contextual cues — all directly from within the grid interface.

    Rules are currently available for Grid view only. Matrix grids are not supported.


    Setup a Rule

    To create a rule:

    1. Click the Rule button in the toolbar.

    2. Click the Add Rule button.

    3. Enter a Rule Name.

    4. Define your condition(s) and apply condition logic in the When section.

      • Condition logic (AND/OR) is applicable when you add two or more conditions.

    5. Choose the formatting or behavior in the Then section.

    6. Optionally, add a Legend to help users understand the rule’s purpose.

    7. Click Apply to create the rule.

    8. Click Apply again to activate and apply the rule to the grid.


    Conditions (When Section)

    The When section defines the logic for when a rule should apply. You can create one or more conditions using supported fields and operators.

    Supported Logic

    • AND logic: All conditions must be true

    • OR logic: At least one condition must be true

    • Nested logic supported: For example, (Condition A AND Condition B) OR Condition C

    • Note

    Example Conditions

    • Additional Discount > 20

    • Final Amount < 1000

    • Scheduled Date < Today

    Blank cells are excluded from logic evaluations. Zero (0) is treated as a valid numeric value.


    Actions (Then Section)

    The Then section defines what happens when the condition(s) are met. Each rule supports one or more actions, depending on the selected columns or rows.

    Action Type
    Applies To
    Description
    • *Only applicable for Wave Embedded.


    Legends

    Legends provide users with a clear explanation of why a cell or row is formatted. When a legend is configured:

    • A Legend icon appears in the toolbar

    • Clicking the icon displays a list of all configured legend messages.

    • Each message is limited to 50 characters.

    • Legends are displayed visually based on the Rule’s action type — such as bar, dot, fill, or


    Advanced Rule Features

    Rule Reordering

    • Drag the number to reorder rules

    • Numbers will auto-update

    • New order is saved instantly

    Overlapping Rules

    • If multiple rules apply to the same field Format (Read Only, Hidden) takes precedence over Highlight.

    Rule Cleanup

    • If a field tied to a rule is removed from the grid:

      • A confirmation dialog will appear

      • Users can choose whether to delete the rule or cancel the field removal


    Limitations

    • Rules work only in Grid view – They are not available for Matrix grids.

    • Nested logic is limited – Within a single condition group, you can’t mix AND and OR without nesting.

    Known Issue

    Issue: Using ‘is any of’ or ‘is none of’ conditions on Date or DateTime fields in Rules may cause Wave to freeze or crash after a short time.

    Workaround: Reload Wave and remove the Date/DateTime field from the Rule configuration.

    ℹ️ Recommendation: Avoid using these conditions on Date/DateTime fields in Rules until this issue is resolved in a future release.

    Data Insights & Summary

    Understanding and analyzing your data efficiently is essential for making informed decisions. Valorx Wave provides tools to help you track record counts and summarize numeric values, ensuring better visibility and control over your dataset.

    Records Pagination

    Grid screen Records Pagination enables you to choose how many records you want to load in a single scroll.

    When you hover over Record Counts on the bottom left side of the screen, it will expand and show the count options. You can select any option or click on the Edit icon to enter any desired number.

    Selecting Records Count

    Footer Row

    The Footer Row is the row present permanently at the bottom of the screen. It is especially helpful when the Grid contains any numeric value field(s) such as Amount, Quantity, etc.

    By default, it shows the Sum of the values in the field.

    You can click the drop-down to shift from Sum to Avg (Average), Min (Minimum), or Max (Maximum) values of the column records.

    Floating Summary

    The Floating Summary automatically displays key summary values—Sum, Average, and Count—when users select multiple numeric cells in a grid or matrix. This floating window appears in the bottom-right corner and updates in real time based on the current selection. It offers a quick and convenient way to analyze data without needing formulas or external tools.

    September 24 Release (v6)

    📢 Announcing the September Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update and enhancement in our newest release. This release introduces new feature, and enhancement to improve your experience. Below is an overview of the key update.


    ➕ What's New?

    Improved Lookup Filters

    We've improved our handling of to better support non-admin users without access to "View Setup and Configuration". Previously, the Tooling API for these elements was not functioning as expected for these users. With this release, we've introduced the following improvements:

    Grid Wizard Enhancement When a Designer creates or edits a grid using the Grid Wizard, the system now automatically fetches and saves the Lookup Filter information as part of grid configuration. This enhancement also applies to Related List configurations, ensuring that non-admin users can seamlessly work with these fields.

    Automated Batch Job We've implemented a daily batch job to keep Lookup Filter data up-to-date. If any changes are made to Lookup fields in Salesforce that are not reflected in our system, the batch job will sync the data and ensure our fields are accurate.

    Dashboard Sync Option A new "Sync Lookup Filters" option has been added to the Dashboard Grid list under the triple dots menu. Selecting this option triggers a manual update, ensuring that any changes made on the Salesforce side are reflected in the "View" and "Related View" objects in real-time.

    These enhancements aim to improve data accuracy and provide a better user experience for non-admin users.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Enhanced Grid Loading Performance

    We have optimized the performance of our grid loading process to deliver faster and more efficient data rendering. Users will now experience significantly reduced load times when accessing grids, ensuring a smoother and more responsive interaction. This improvement enhances overall productivity and provides a better user experience when working with large data sets.

    Grids

    Grids Screen

    The Grid Screen is designed for seamless navigation, allowing users to quickly find and interact with their Salesforce data. With tools like Search Object, Grid Sidebar, Grid Selection Dropdown, Notes, and Activities, users can effortlessly locate records, switch between grids, log important details, track interactions, and access key actions without leaving the main screen. This section covers everything you need to efficiently explore, and navigate your grid.


    Condition

    Conditions (Conditional formatting)

    The Conditions feature helps highlight important records based on predefined rules, similar to conditional formatting in Excel. Use it to emphasize key data points and improve visibility within the grid.

    The Condition feature increases the visibility of your desired records.

    You can select a record or a group based on your conditions and apply background colors to them. That's why it is called Conditional formatting too.

    You can use the Condition feature to:

    Wave Dashboard

    Home Screen for Wave Embedded

    Wave Dashboard

    The Wave Dashboard is the central hub where all your and are organized and managed. It provides a unified view of everything created using the and the in Wave Embedded.

    Whether you're managing existing configurations or preparing to preview and publish new ones, the Wave Dashboard puts everything in one place—empowering Designers to manage, publish, and maintain both Grids and Matrices with ease.

    Sort

    Sorting Overview: Header Sort vs. Toolbar Sort

    Wave offers two sorting methods to help users organize and analyze grid data effectively: and . While both improve data visibility, they operate differently based on how the data is accessed and processed.

    Sorting Method
    Behavior Type
    Based On
    Affects All Data?

    June 25 Release (v42) - Hotfix

    🌊 Wave Extension – Hotfix Release Notes

    We’re happy to share a hotfix release for the Wave Extension that brings meaningful improvements to your Matrix experience. This update focuses on fixing key issues like time zone inconsistencies, runtime behavior, and user assignment errors, along with performance and UI enhancements for smoother Matrix loading.

    Thanks for your continued feedback — it helps us keep making Wave better!


    November 24 Release (v8)

    Introducing Row Actions

    Empower users to take instant actions directly from the grid with custom buttons, enabling seamless workflows! Row Actions allow users to quickly launch a Lightning Flow, Lightning Web Component, or Lightning Aura Component with ease. Designed for flexibility and efficiency, these buttons can be effortlessly configured to enhance user experiences.


    June 25 Release (v14) - Hotfix

    🌐 Wave Embedded – Hotfix Release Notes

    We’ve released a small but important update to improve the experience in Wave Embedded. This hotfix resolves issues related to network access, permission-based icons, and grid layout behavior in Surf the Wave. Read on for the details!


    Publish The Grid

    Publishing makes your grid available for others to use and interact with in Salesforce. Once published, it carries a Published label, and you can track its usage through the View Location option.

    You can publish grids in several ways, depending on your needs:

    Add to Lightning Pages

    October 24 Release (v36) - Hotfix

    📢 Announcing the Hotfix Release

    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    December 24 Release (v37)

    📢 Announcing the December Release

    This release focuses on improving the platform's performance and enhancing grid rendering capabilities to provide users with a smoother and more efficient experience.

    Performance Improvements

    ✅ Fixes and Improvements

    1. "Component Error Occurred" Popup in Surf the Wave

    Resolved an issue where users saw a “Component Error Occurred” popup when accessing Surf the Wave from a network with a blocked IP address. Wave components now load as expected when accessed from trusted networks.

    2. Lock Icons Displayed Incorrectly for Certain User Permissions

    Users with Read and Edit permissions (but without Create) were seeing lock icons on all fields, even though they could still edit existing records. This has been corrected so that lock icons only appear for fields that are truly read-only.

    3. Serial Number Column Appeared in the Middle After Freezing Fields

    When a field was frozen and resized in the grid, the Serial Number column shifted and appeared in the middle. The Serial Number column now stays at the start of the grid, maintaining the correct layout.


    Thanks for continuing to share your feedback — it helps us make Wave better with every release. If you have any questions, our team is here to help!

    Enhanced Matrix Performance

    We’re pleased to share that our Matrix now boasts faster response times and an improved user experience thanks to recent optimizations in our API design. Enjoy quicker access and seamless interactions with your data!

    • Optimized overall system performance to ensure faster load times and improved responsiveness across all workflows.

    Grid Rendering Enhancements

    • Upgraded grid rendering engine for better accuracy and quicker updates, resulting in a more seamless user experience when interacting with grids.

    This significant update highlights our focus on delivering impactful enhancements. To provide a more comprehensive set of improvements, we combined updates from November into this December release, ensuring an even greater value for our users.

    Selected records for Mass Modifications
    Mass Modifier Pop-up Screen
    Mass Modifier - Records selection option
    Mass Modifier - operation selection
    Multiple record selection for Mass Modifications 1
    Multiple record selection for Mass Modifications 2
    Mass Modifier - Selecting All Records
    Mass Modifier - Field specific change operations
    Mass Modifier - Save changes Message
    Mass Modifier - Preview/Revert Changes
    Mass Modifier - Save summary notification
    Pinned
    : The extension icon appears in the browser’s title bar.
  • Not pinned: Access it from the browser’s Extensions Menu.

  • Click the Valorx Wave extension icon to launch the login screen.

  • Valorx Wave
    under
    Connected App
    list
    .
  • Click Install.

  • On the installation page, click Install again.

  • Once installation is complete, Salesforce opens the Connected App: Valorx Wave page.

  • After successful authentication, you will be redirected to the Wave Browser Extension Home Screen where you can explore features based on your access level.

    Click Log In.

  • Upon successful login, you’ll be directed to Wave Browser Extension, where you can explore features based on your access level.

  • Subscription Management: Admin Users can manage subscriptions, purchase licenses, and assign them to users. [Learn more]
    Salesforce account
    Google Chrome
    Microsoft Edge
    here
    Learn more
    Learn more
    Learn more
    Installing the Wave Browser Extension
    Log in with Salesforce
    Log in via Experience Cloud
    Lookup Filters
    Sync Lookup Filters
    Manage Access
    Refresh on Save
    Sum
    Drop-down

    June 24 Release (v31) - Hotfix

    📢 Announcing the June Release - Hotfix

    We are releasing a hotfix to address a critical issue. This update focuses on fixing a specific bug to enhance your user experience and ensure smoother operation. Thank you for your patience and continued support.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    Profile Permission Issue: Users without the "View Setup and Configuration" profile permission in Salesforce were unable to access views in Wave. The system would show a continuously spinning loader, blocking the user from using Wave and this issue has been resolved.

    : You cannot use both
    AND
    and
    OR
    at the same level — for example,
    Condition A AND Condition B OR Condition C
    is
    not supported
    unless properly nested.

    Row Action*

    Row Action

    Make the Row Action button hidden

    read-only formatting
    .

    Cell Format

    Specific columns

    Make a cell Read Only or Hidden

    Cell Highlight

    Specific columns

    Apply visual highlight (Dot/Bar/Fill)

    Row Read Only

    Entire row

    Makes the row non-editable

    Row Highlight

    Entire row

    Rule Setup
    Legend
    Rule Reordering
    Overlapping Rules
    Rule Cleanup

    Applies background fill to the row

    Search Object

    The Search Object bar allows you to quickly locate and switch between different object grids within the Grid Screen. Simply enter the name of an object, and a list of available grids associated with that object will appear.

    • Hover over any search result to view its available grids.

    • Click on a grid name to open it in the Grid Screen.

    Search Object

    Grid Selection Dropdown

    The Grid Selection Drop-down displays the name of the currently open grid and allows you to switch between grids within the same object.

    When clicked, it expands to show a categorized list of available grids for the selected object:

    • My Grids – Grids you created.

    • Salesforce Views – Standard Salesforce object grids.

    • Report Grids – Grids based on Salesforce reports.

    • Global Grids – Grids globally shared with you.

    For example, if you are viewing the USA Lead Grid for the Lead object and want to switch to another Lead grid, simply select it from the drop-down.

    Grid Selection Dropdown

    Mark a Grid as Favorite

    Click the Star ⭐ icon next to a grid name to mark it as a Favorite Grid. All favorite grids will be available under the Favorite Grids menu in the Grid Sidebar for quick access.

    Mark a grid as a favourite

    Grid Sidebar

    The Grid Sidebar provides quick access to your frequently used grids, categorized as:

    • Favorite Grids – Grids you have marked as favorites.

    • Recent Grids – Grids you have accessed recently.

    • Global Grids – Grids that have been shared with you.

    To access the sidebar, click the Open Sidebar button on the Grid Screen. The sidebar will display the categorized grids for easy selection.

    Open Grid Sidebar

    Opening a Grid

    • Click any grid name to open it in the current tab.

    • Click the Open Grid in New Tab button next to a grid name to open it in a separate tab.

    Open a grid using Grid Sidebar

    Grid Object Bar

    The Object Bar allows users to quickly access recently used objects directly from the Grid Screen.

    • The Grid Selection Drop-down updates based on the object selected in the Object Bar.

    • Selecting a new object updates the drop-down to show the relevant grids associated with that object.

    For example, if you select the Accounts object in the Object Bar, the Grid Selection Drop-down will display all available Account grids, such as Main Accounts.

    Grid Object Bar

    Notes

    The Notes Board provides a dedicated space for users to capture important notes and reminders. Functioning like a notepad or clipboard, it allows users to quickly jot down, organize, and manage information. Accessible from multiple locations, it ensures easy access whenever needed.

    Using the Notes Board:

    1. Click on the Notes Board icon to open it.

    2. Write down notes and press Enter to save them.

    3. Use the Duplicate icon to make a copy or the Delete icon to remove a note.

    Add Notes

    Activities

    The Activities section in Wave enables users to manage Salesforce tasks and events seamlessly. This feature allows users to view, edit, and create tasks and events directly from Wave, improving productivity and organization.

    Accessing Activities

    The Activities button is located on the right side of the Grid screen, next to the Notes button. Users can choose to display or hide this button based on their preference. By default, it is hidden, but it can be enabled in Settings:

    1. Navigate to Settings > Advanced tab.

    2. Check the Show Activities checkbox.

    3. The Activities button will now appear on the Grid screen.

    Accessing Activities

    Using the Activities Screen

    Clicking the Activities button opens the Activities pop-up, where users can:

    • View a list of all tasks and events.

    • Expand and review the details of any activity.

    • Edit existing tasks or events.

    • Create new tasks or events.

    Editing an Activity

    1. Click on an activity to open its details.

    2. Modify the required fields.

    3. Click Save Task to apply the changes.

    Activities Screen

    Creating a Task

    1. Select Task and click the + icon.

    2. In the New Task pop-up, fill in the required details:

      • Status: Select from the Status dropdown.

      • Subject: Choose a subject from the Subject dropdown.

      • Priority: Set the priority (Low, Normal, or High).

      • Due Date: Select a date from the calendar.

      • Description: Enter task details in the text area.

    3. Additional fields such as Related To, Assigned To, and Activity Currency can also be filled.

    4. (Optional) Use the Notes Board to insert pre-written notes into the task description.

    5. Click Save Task. The task will be created and added to Salesforce.

    New Task

    Creating an Event

    The event creation process is similar to a task but includes additional event-specific fields:

    1. Select Event and click the + icon.

    2. Fill in the following details:

      • Subject: Select an event subject from the dropdown.

      • Time & Date: Use the Clock & Calendar to specify the event's time.

      • Show Time As: Choose how the event appears (Busy, Out of Office, or Free).

      • Location: Enter the event location.

      • All-Day Event: Check the All-Day Event checkbox if applicable.

      • Private Event: Check the Private checkbox to restrict visibility.

    3. Click Save Event to finalize.

    New Event

    Using Notes Board in Activities

    If you've added notes in the Notes Board from the Grid screen, you can reuse them in tasks and events:

    1. Click Notes Board in the task/event description field.

    2. Select a note to paste it directly into the text body.

    📌 Tip: If you frequently use the same text in multiple tasks or events, save it in the Notes Board and insert it with one click.

    Grids Screen
  • Click on Condition to open the Conditional formatting.

    Conditional formatting

    You can apply Conditional formatting at three levels, to a single record (field), to a record group, and use the Color bar to the entire column.

    Conditional formatting for a single record (field):

    Please follow the process below to apply Conditional formatting to a single field.

    1. Click on single if you want to apply condition to a single column.

    2. First, select the column name where you want to apply the Conditional formatting from the Column drop-down.

    3. Select the desired condition in the Condition drop-down.

    4. Write down the desired value in the Value field.

    5. Click on Color Box to open the color palate and select the color for Conditional formatting.

    6. Click OK.

    For example, if you want to highlight the Account Names containing the term United Oil in pink, apply the Conditional formatting conditions: Name, Contain, United Oil, select the pink color in the Color Box, and then click OK.

    Conditional formatting - Applying conditions
    Conditional formatting - Selecting colors

    The appropriate records (fields) will be highlighted in the color you selected for the condition.

    Conditional formatting - Highlighted records

    Click on single multiple times to specify multiple conditions. You can select the same or different colors for multiple conditions as per your requirements, as shown in the image below.

    Conditional formatting: Multiple conditions

    For example:

    Suppose you want to highlight the Account name records starting with the word Burlington, Account type records equal to Customer-Direct, and Opportunity owner alias containing Chris. In that case, you can apply multiple formatting conditions, as shown in the image below, and click OK.

    Conditional formatting: Multiple conditions example

    The Grid screen will show the highlighted records as shown in the image below.

    Conditional formatting: Multiple conditions - Highlighted Records

    Conditional formatting for a group:

    You can use Conditional formatting for a group to change the background colors of all records that fall into your defined conditions for a particular field (column).

    When you apply Conditional formatting to a Group, you apply colors based on conditions defined using parameters And and Or for the selected (field) column.

    For example, when you want to highlight records in the Name field (column) that have Stage as Closed Won and Amount between 0 to 100000, it becomes a group of records for the Name field (column).

    Please click group and follow the steps in the order shown in the image below to apply Conditional formatting for a group.

    Steps for applying Conditional formatting to a group
    1. Select the color you wish to apply to the condition using Color Box.

    2. Select the desired column from the column drop-down.

    3. Click on Add.

    4. Click on Add condition.

    5. Specify the condition and click on OK.

    6. Please note you can click on Add condition multiple times to apply multiple conditions and be extremely specific about your conditions.

    For example:

    If you want to highlight the Opportunity names, which start with Edge, and the Account names, which either possess an Amount greater than 90,000 Or 'Closed Won' Stage, you can apply the group conditions as shown in the image below.

    Conditional formatting for a group: Example

    The Grid screen will show the highlighted records as shown in the image below:

    Conditional formatting for a group: Highlighted Records

    Conditional formatting: single Vs. group

    • When you use the single button for Conditional formatting once, you are applying one condition to one field (column).

    • When you use the single button for Conditional formatting multiple times, you are applying one condition to one field (column) multiple times. This way, you apply conditions to multiple fields (columns).

    • When you use the group button for Conditional formatting, you are applying multiple conditions to one field (column).

    Color bar:

    Use Color bar to apply Conditional formatting to an entire column based on the parameters applicable to that column.

    For example, if you apply Conditional formatting to the Account Type column, click on group, select Account Type from the Column drop-down, and click OK.

    Conditional formatting - Group selection
    • The number 8 on top of the Column drop-down indicates eight parameters (in this case, type of accounts) for the selected column. Each field will be highlighted using the system-defined default color for the particular parameter.

    Conditional formatting: Highlighted Groups
    • Click Edit to change the system-defined default color to your selected colors.

    Conditional Formatting - Edit default Color Bar colors
    • Use the Close (X) icon to remove the condition.

    When Conditional formatting is applied in Grids screen, it will be denoted using the number of used conditions. Please remove the conditions to see the original Grid or apply the Conditional formatting again.

    Conditional formatting
    Layout of the Workspace

    The Wave Embedded environment includes four permanent tabs:

    • Wave Dashboard – Home screen displaying all Grids and Matrices.

    • Grid Wizard – For creating or editing Grids.

    • Surf the Wave – For viewing and interacting with Grid data.

    • Matrix Wizard – For creating or editing Matrices. (Matrix Configuration)

    • Wave Admin - For Grids and Matrices.

    Additionally, there's a temporary tab:

    • Surf the Matrix – Opens only when a Matrix is being viewed and can be closed. (Matrix Runtime)

    Wave Dashboard: Grids and Matrices

    This is the default screen when opening Wave Embedded.

    Top Section Overview

    • Search Bar: Allows users to search by Grid or Matrix name. Start typing to filter the displayed results.

      Search Matrix or Grid using Search Bar

    • View Toggle Buttons:

      • All: Shows both Grids and Matrices.

      • Grids: Displays only Grids.

      • Matrices: Displays only Matrices.

    • Add New Button: Opens a popup with the question: “What would you like to create?” Users can choose between:

      • Grid → opens the

      • Matrix → opens the

    • View Mode Switcher: Two icons allow toggling between:

      • List View

      • Card View

    View Mode (Main Screen)

    The Wave Dashboard offers two display options—Card View and List View—so you can choose how to visualize and interact with your Grids and Matrices. Easily switch between views using the toggle buttons at the top right, depending on your preference for a detailed list or a more visual layout.

    Below is the difference between the two view modes:

    List View

    When List View is active, all Grids and Matrices are displayed in a tabular format.

    Columns Displayed:

    • Name: The name of the Grid or Matrix.

    • Object: The related Salesforce object.

    • Details: Indicates if it's a Grid or Matrix.

    • Actions: A triple-dot (⋯) menu offering contextual options.

    Action Menu:

    For Grids:

    • Surf the Grid - View the Grid (Opens Surf the Wave)

    • Published Locations - View where the grid is deployed

    • Edit - To edit the Grid(opens Grid Wizard)

    • Duplicate - Duplicate the grid for reuse or customization

    • Delete - Permanently remove the grid

    • Manage Access - Manage who can see and use the grid

    • Sync Lookup Filters - Ensure filters are up to date with Salesforce data

    For Matrices:

    • Surf the Matrix - View the Matrix in runtime (Opens Surf the Matrix)

    • Edit - To edit the Matrix(opens Matrix Wizard)

    • Duplicate - Duplicate the matrix for reuse or customization

    • Delete - Permanently remove the matrix

    • Sync Lookup Filters - Ensure filters are up to date with Salesforce data

    Card View

    When Card View is selected, each Grid or Matrix appears as an individual card.

    Card Elements:

    • Title: Name of the Grid or Matrix.

    • Object: The Salesforce object used in the setup.

    • Label:

      • Top-right label: Grid or Matrix depending on type.

    • Buttons:

      • Surf the Grid or Surf the Matrix – Opens the respective viewer.

      • Edit – Opens the item in Grid Wizard or Matrix Wizard.

      • More Options (⋮):


    Access and Roles

    Only Designers have full access to the Wave Dashboard, including the ability to:

    • Create and edit Grids and Matrices

    • Manage access

    • View published locations

    • Use Sync Lookup Filters

    Standard users typically interact with Surf the Wave and Surf the Matrix only, without access to editing or management features.


    Grids
    Matrices
    Grid Wizard
    Matrix Wizard
    Wave Dashboard

    Header Sort

    In-grid (local)

    Data type detected in grid

    No – loaded records only

    Toolbar Sort

    Server-side (query)

    Salesforce sort result

    Yes – all records

    Understanding the difference between these two methods helps ensure consistency, especially when working with large datasets or fields containing mixed data types.

    Header Sort (Column Header Actions)

    Sorting from the column header behaves similarly to how sorting works in Excel: it's local, fast, and applies only to the data that is already visible in the grid.

    Key Characteristics:

    • No call is made to Salesforce; sorting is applied to the loaded dataset only.

    • The grid automatically detects the data type of the column:

      • Numbers → Sorted numerically (e.g., 1, 2, 10)

      • Text → Sorted alphabetically (A to Z)

    • Sorting is temporary and resets when the grid is refreshed or reopened.

    This method is particularly useful when a quick, in-grid sort is needed for the current view without querying the full dataset.

    Column Header Sort

    Toolbar Sort (Toolbar - Sort)

    Toolbar Sort behaves more like a Salesforce list view sort. It sends a query to Salesforce and returns the sorted data as part of the response. This ensures that the entire dataset is sorted, not just what’s visible.

    Key Characteristics:

    • Retrieves and sorts all applicable records using a Salesforce query.

    • Sorting behavior depends on the underlying data type in Salesforce:

      • Text fields → Sorted alphabetically

      • Date fields → Sorted chronologically

    • In cases where numbers are stored as text fields, the sorting may not follow numerical order (e.g., 1, 10, 2).

    This method is best used when sorting large volumes of data or when the sort order needs to remain consistent across views or sessions.

    Toolbar Sort

    Best Practice: Ensure Consistent Data Types

    When sorting differences occur between Header Sort and Toolbar Sort, it's often due to inconsistent data types—particularly when numeric values are stored as text in Salesforce.

    Recommendation: Ensure that fields containing numeric values are configured as Number data types in Salesforce. This improves sorting accuracy and alignment across both methods.


    Related Topics

    • Managing Grid Data – Toolbar Sort

    • Column Header Actions – Header Sort

    Header Sort
    Toolbar Sort
    ✨ New Improvements

    Improved User Experience During Initial Matrix Load

    We’ve introduced performance and UI enhancements to handle large datasets more gracefully during Matrix load. Depending on the Matrix type, the system now shows clear progress messages, loading indicators, and limits lazy loading.

    Matrix Exceed Limit

    These changes help ensure smoother loading and better visibility into progress during Matrix generation.

    Optimized Matrix Queries for Better Performance

    We've implemented subquery support in record selection and Matrix rendering. This enhances performance and ensures more efficient data handling — especially when working with large datasets.

    Matrix Rendering Limits

    To ensure optimal performance and user experience, matrix rendering now follows defined limits based on matrix type. These limits help manage large data sets and provide clear guidance when limits are exceeded.

    Single Object Matrix Limits

    • Y-axis (row) max limit: 300,000 records

    • X-axis max limit: 120 columns

    Two & Three Object Matrix Limits

    • Y-axis (row) max limit: 20,000 records

    • Data records max limit: 300,000

    • X-axis max limit: 120 columns


    🐞 Bug Fixes

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    Matrix Timeline Shows Incorrect Dates Due to Time Zone Mismatch

    We've resolved an issue where the Matrix timeline displayed different date ranges compared to Salesforce. This was caused by a mismatch between the user's system time zone and Salesforce's locale. Dates will now consistently reflect the correct range across systems.

    Unable to Assign Users to a Matrix in Wave Extension

    We fixed a bug where users could not be assigned to a Matrix — the AssignedUser field appeared empty in both the UI and network logs. User assignments now work as expected and are retained.


    This hotfix release improves Matrix accuracy, stability, and performance. As always, thank you for your continued feedback — it helps us make Wave even better for you!

    If you have any questions or need support, please reach out to our team at [email protected].

    How to Apply Row Actions

    Row Action Configuration

    We’re excited to introduce Row Action Configuration, a powerful new feature designed to streamline workflows by enabling actionable interactions directly within grids.

    With Row Actions, users can:

    1. Configure Custom Buttons: Add buttons to grid rows to trigger specific actions.

    2. Launch Actions Instantly: Clicking the button opens a corresponding action (e.g., a popup for updates or a process trigger).

    3. Refresh and Notify: Actions automatically refresh the row and display a success message upon completion.

    Note: Designers can configure these actions in the Grid Wizard under a new "Action" tab.

    Configuring Row Action

    For example, a new Row Action, "Update Account", has been added. Clicking this action displays a popup where users can update the Account Details (Account Name, Industry, Phone and Website). After saving, the popup closes, the row refreshes, and a success message confirms the update.

    Update the record using row action button.

    Common Use Cases

    Here are some practical examples of how Row Actions streamline tasks:

    • Send Email: Quickly trigger email actions for Accounts, Opportunities, Leads, Cases, and Contacts.

    • Close a Case: Simplify support case closures with a single click.

    • Convert a Lead: Easily transition leads into opportunities.

    • Update Record Status: Modify the status of a deal, lead, or case (e.g., mark a deal as “Negotiation”).

    • Assign Task: Assign tasks for follow-ups or case resolutions.

    • Generate Quote: Start the quote creation process for opportunities or accounts.

    • Approve/Reject Requests: Streamline approvals for discounts, leave applications, or cases.

    • Escalate Issue: Elevate high-priority cases to supervisors.

    • Send Survey: Initiate feedback surveys for closed cases.

    • Activate/Deactivate User: Manage system or account access with a click.

    Learn more about configuring the Action button [here].

    Known Limitations

    We've documented the limitations and setup requirements for Row Actions to help you optimize their use. For detailed information, refer to the Row Action Limitations section in our documentation.

    Place a Valorx Grid on App Pages, Home Pages, Record Pages, or Tabs/Subtabs.

    Embed in Experience Cloud

    • Add a Valorx Grid to a community or portal page and publish it for external users.

    Use in Components & Flows

    Embed grids in Aura Components or Screen Flows for custom processes.


    About Valorx Grids

    Valorx Grid

    Users can publish Valorx Grids across different Salesforce pages using the Lightning App Builder. This makes the grids easily accessible and interactive for other users within Salesforce.

    A Valorx Grid displays data from a selected object, independent of the record being viewed. Use this option when you want to show grids that are not tied to a parent record.

    Valorx Related Grid

    A Valorx Related Grid is designed for use on Record Pages. It displays data that is directly related to the current record through a lookup relationship.

    For example, on an Account Record Page, you can add a Related Grid of Opportunities. The grid will automatically filter to show only the Opportunities linked to that Account, using the record’s ID and the lookup relationship (e.g., AccountId).

    Lightning Pages
    Experience Cloud Page
    Salesforce Components

    Publish The Matrix

    Learn how to make a Matrix available in Salesforce pages and add it to an App, Home, or Record page using Wave Embedded.

    You can publish a Matrix to make it accessible directly within Salesforce. Once published, you can add it to a Salesforce App page, Home page, or Record page using the Lightning App Builder.

    Publish a Matrix as an App Page

    Once published, you can add the Matrix to a Salesforce App page and access it directly from your app’s navigation bar. When the Matrix runs, you’ll need to select the data you want to view.

    Before You Begin

    • A Matrix must be created before it appears in the Lightning App Builder component list.

    • Ensure you have the required Salesforce permissions to view and interact with the Matrix.

    Steps to Publish a Matrix

    1

    Open Lightning App Builder

    • In Salesforce, go to Setup → Lightning App Builder.

    • Click New to create a new Lightning page.

    • Select

    After Publishing

    Once the Matrix App Page is activated, you can make it available as a tab in the Sales app (or any other Salesforce app).

    1

    Personalize the Navigation Bar

    • In Salesforce, click the pencil icon in the top-right corner to Personalize your nav bar.

    • In the Edit App Navigation Items window, click Add More Items.

    2

    Publish a Matrix on a Record Page

    You can display a Matrix directly on a Salesforce Record Page (for example, Account, Opportunity, or any custom object). The Matrix automatically shows data based on the record.

    Steps to Add a Matrix to a Record Page

    1

    Open the Record Page

    • Open any record (for example, an Account).

    • Click the ⚙️ gear icon and select Edit Page.

    2

    Notes

    • You can create multiple pages, each displaying a different Matrix.

    • To update or replace a Matrix later, open the Lightning App Builder and select a different Matrix from the dropdown.

    Surf The Wave in Salesforce

    Manage Grids in Wave Embedded

    Surf the Wave is your workspace for using and managing Valorx Grids in Salesforce. From here, you can:

    • Work directly with grid data (just like in Excel)

    • Run actions on single or multiple records

    • Publish grids to Lightning pages or portals

    • Embed grids into Salesforce components and flows

    💡 Tip: To use Surf the Wave, you’ll need at least one grid created in Grid Wizard. Once it’s ready, you can edit data, and run actions — all from this tab.


    1. Understanding the Grid Interface

    Grid Object Bar

    Use the Object Bar to quickly access your recently used objects without leaving the Grid Screen

    • The Grid Selection Drop-down updates based on the object selected in the Object Bar.

    • Selecting a new object updates the drop-down to show the relevant grids associated with that object.

    For example, if you select the Accounts object in the Object Bar, the Grid Selection Drop-down will display all available Account grids, such as All Accounts.

    This will allows you to switch between available grids without leaving Surf the Wave.

    2. Grid Actions & Row Actions

    • : Perform actions that apply to the grid.

    • : Run actions on a single record, like updating fields or launching a Flow.

    3. Working with Data

    you can manage and update records in real time:

    • Edit directly in the grid, just like a spreadsheet.

    • Use , , , and to focus on the right data.

    • Use to update multiple records at once.

    • Save your changes and see them instantly reflected in Salesforce.

    For more details, see: Wave Data Management (Managing Grid Data, Data Control & Customization, Data Interaction, Data Insight & Summary).

    4. Publish Instruction

    To publish a grid, click the Publish Instructions button on the Home, App, or Record Page. This button provides guidance on the publishing process, and users can also refer to this for detailed steps.

    5. Viewing Configured Locations

    If a grid has already been published and configured, users can view its location by clicking the Configured Locations button. This button is available only for Valorx Grids published on an App Page. Valorx Grids published on Home and Record Pages do not display the Configured Locations option.


    4. Publishing & Embedding Valorx Grids

    Publish & View Grids

    • Make your grid available to others.

    • Once published, a Published label appears, and you can click View Location to see where it’s used.

    Add to Lightning Pages

    • Place a Valorx Grid on App Pages, Home Pages, Record Pages, or Tabs/Subtabs.

    Embed in Experience Cloud

    • Add a Valorx Grid to a community or portal page and publish it for external users.

    Use in Components & Flows

    Embed grids in Aura Components or Screen Flows for custom processes.

    August 24 Release (v34)

    📢 Announcing the August Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update to our product, packed with exciting new features and bug fixes. In this release, we've introduced powerful new features to enhance your workflow and addressed several issues to improve your overall experience.


    ➕ What's New?

    Formula Field Support for Images

    We are excited to introduce support for a special type of formula field in Salesforce that generates images as output, now fully integrated with Wave! Key enhancements include:

    • Images generated from Salesforce formula fields are now supported in Wave, regardless of whether the image source is relative or absolute (e.g., CDN).

    • Images are responsive and will automatically adjust to fit within the selected layout, ensuring a clean and consistent presentation.

    • Users can click on the image to open a preview, with a built-in download option to save images directly from the preview window.

    This new feature enhances the visual experience in Wave by incorporating dynamic image content from Salesforce formula fields!


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Continued Access with Free Account for Expired Subscriptions

    We’re excited to introduce an enhancement to ensure uninterrupted access for users with expired subscriptions. Now, instead of losing access, users will be automatically transitioned to a Free plan, allowing continued use of Wave. With this plan, users can maintain up to two active orgs while others will be deactivated.

    This enhancement ensures continued access to essential features while offering flexibility for managing limited resources.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    1. Record Count Not Displaying in Report Floaty The record count was not visible. It now correctly displays at the bottom of the Report floaty.

    2. Records Selection Screen Freezing Issue in Matrix When no matching records were found between X-axis and Y-axis selections, the selection screen froze. This issue has been fixed.

    3. Picklist Values on the X-axis of the Matrix Out of Order Picklist values on the X-axis were shown out of sequence based on data. They will now display in the order configured in Salesforce picklist.

    Jun 23 Release (v17)

    Introducing Valorx Wave – June 23 Release (V17)

    This release brings a host of improvements, including new features and enhancements that address various issues, all aimed at streamlining the user experience for optimal performance.

    New Features

    Valorx Wave's latest release introduces two significant features: a Dashboard and a Profile Card.

    Dashboard: It is designed to provide users with comprehensive information on objects, views, insights, and activities. The dynamic dashboard gathers all important data in one place, providing smooth navigation with a simple click.

    What's Included in Our Dashboard? 🤔

    1. Select an Object: The Dashboard in Valorx Wave provides users with a convenient way to view and search for specific objects. For first-time users, it initially displays the seven common objects and their Salesforce views. Users can either click "Let's Go" or use the search function to find the desired object.

      For returning users it provides a list of custom views and recently accessed views, making it easier for users to quickly access the frequently used items. Additionally, clicking "Let's Go" takes the user to the last visited view, ensuring a seamless and intuitive experience, and enhancing navigation within Valorx Wave for smooth and efficient usage.

    2. Create a New View: This feature mirrors the "Create new view" option available on our Grid. Users can effortlessly create custom views from the Dashboard with just a single click.

    Profile Card

    The new Profile Card is a key feature that presents users with a concise and informative display of their profile information. With the integration of Settings, users now have easy access to options like Upgrade and Logout. It's all about making account management simpler and more efficient!

    Enhancements:

    Custom Record Loading: We've improved the user experience! Now, when users click on the "Load More" option in the footer section, they have the flexibility to choose how many records they want to load: 200, 400, 1000, or all records.

    Simply selecting one of these options will load the corresponding number of additional records. For those who have specific requirements, clicking on the "Custom" button allows them to enter a custom value for loading records.

    When users click on "All Records," it displays a message saying, "Please be patient while records are loaded," ensuring they stay informed during the process. It's all about giving users more control and a smoother experience!

    Bug Fixes and Improvements

    • The issue with the lack of support for operators in filters within standard views has been resolved.

    • Previously, encountering errors in Wave due to dynamic date literals in the standard Salesforce view is now fixed.

    • Users can now view their favorite views correctly without encountering the loading problem.

    • With the recent update, newly registered users can now effortlessly access the start and end dates of their billing cycle.

    December 24 Release (v9) - Hotfix

    📢 Announcing the December Release - Hotfix

    This hotfix addresses several bug fixes and introduces new features to enhance usability and performance. The update ensures smoother functionality while resolving reported issues to improve overall user experience.

    Below are the details of the fixes and the new features included in this release.

    ➕ What's New?

    Automatic Role Assignment for First Admin User

    To enhance usability, the Wave Embedded Managed Package now automatically assigns the Designer role to the first user with System Administrator permissions upon installation.

    Key Benefits:

    • Streamlined Access: The first admin user can immediately access Designer-specific features after installation, without requiring manual role assignment.

    • Improved Efficiency: Eliminates the need for additional setup steps, enabling quicker adoption of Wave Embedded's design capabilities.

    How It Works:

    • During the post-installation process, the system identifies the first user with System Administrator permissions.

    • This user is automatically granted the Designer role, ensuring they have the necessary permissions to explore and utilize design functionalities.

    Impact: This feature simplifies the onboarding process, allowing administrators to focus on creating and managing designs without delays.

    Salesforce API Version Upgrade

    We've upgraded the Salesforce API version from 55 to 62 to align with the latest Salesforce capabilities. This enhancement addresses customer concerns about missing fields during object configuration. With this update, users can now access and add fields introduced in API version 62 seamlessly.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    In this release, we have addressed several issues to improve user experience and functionality.

    • Grouping Not Working in L2 Related Fields Resolved an issue where grouping failed to display the appropriate headers for L2 related fields, and a continuous loader disrupted navigation. Grouping now functions correctly, displaying headers as expected and allowing smooth navigation.

    • Header Filters Not Working for Date Data Type Fields with Empty Values Fixed a bug where header filters for date fields did not work properly, particularly for records with null or empty values. Users can now filter records by specific date ranges or identify records with empty values seamlessly.

    • Pronoun Field Not Showing in the Field Picker Addressed an issue where the Pronoun field was not visible in the field picker even after proper permissions were granted. This field now appears correctly after granting permissions and refreshing metadata.

    Migrate Grid in Wave Embedded

    This page helps you choose the right Grid migration guide based on your scenario:

    1. Migrate Between Any Salesforce Orgs (Workbench Method)

    Use this guide to migrate Grids between any org type—Developer, Scratch, Sandbox, or Production. Our example shows a Production → Production migration, but the same steps apply to any “org to org” migration using Workbench.

    Migration Using Workbench

    2. Migrate from Sandbox to Production (App Pages & Record Pages)

    Use this guide to move Grids embedded in App Pages or Record Pages from a Sandbox environment into Production. This method is done entirely within Salesforce and is specific to Sandbox → Production deployments.

    Before restoring any page in the target org, make sure you complete the Backup & Restore steps to avoid losing configurations.

    Wave Embedded

    Latest Release v16.2 October 2025

    Welcome to the Wave Embedded Release Notes. Here you’ll find updates for Wave Embedded, including new features, enhancements, and fixes. Each release is listed in a version table for clarity, followed by details on availability.

    Version
    Release Name
    Release Date
    Availability

    Matrix Screen

    Matrix Screen for Wave Browser Extension

    Matrix Screen

    The Matrix Screen presents an overview of recent matrices and allows users to create a new matrix. It is also showing your recent record selection to easily open your matrix with your previously used dataset. Users can search, edit and run different matrices from the home screen.

    July 24 Release (v4)

    📢 Announcing the July Release

    We are excited to announce the latest updates and enhancements in our newest release. This version includes new features such as Formula Field Support for Images in Wave Embedded, Reset Global View Option for Standard Users, and support for Formula Fields with Hyperlinks. Additionally, we have an enhancement for Automatic Metadata Refresh for Objects, along with various bug fixes to improve your overall experience.


    Migration Using Change Sets

    This guide explains how to migrate Grids embedded in Lightning App Pages or Record Pages from a Sandbox environment into Production using Change Sets (Outbound and Inbound). It covers the full process; preparation, backup and restore, validation, and deployment so your pages move smoothly.

    Before restoring the page in Production, make sure the required Backup & Restore steps are completed to preserve your configurations.


    Apr 23 Release (v12)-Hotfix

    Announcing Valorx Wave – Apr 23 Release (V12)-Hotfix

    Valorx Wave is pleased to announce the April Hotfix release note which has a noticeably better user experience to provide you with a better product experience.

    In this release, we have made enhancements with the intention of facilitating the user experience by fixing a few issues.

    Enhancements

    Migration Using Change Sets
    Grid Action Buttons
    Row Action Buttons
    Filters
    Sorting
    Grouping
    Conditions
    Mass Modifier
    WAVE DATA MANAGEMENT
    Add Valorx Grid to a Lightning Pages
    Publish The Grid
    Lightning Pages
    Experience Cloud Page
    Salesforce Components
    Surf The Wave
    Publish the grid
    Configured location
    Image Formula Fields in Matrix Image formula fields were shown as hyperlinks instead of image icons. This has been corrected, and they now display properly as icons in the Matrix report.
  • Save Changes Removed After Field Adjustments in Matrix Runtime Save changes were removed after adding/removing fields during runtime. Now, save changes will persist after any field modifications.

  • Lookup Field Issues in Matrix Runtime Copy-paste functionality for lookup fields was not working, and "Save changes" for lookup values was not showing when creating new records. Both issues have been fixed.

  • User Insights: The insight section will cater to users with different account types such as admin & standard user and know their current record usage.

  • Activities: The Dashboard now provides users with a convenient way to access and monitor Today & Overdue activities. This feature ensures users would always know their today and past activities. Navigating to a specific activity is made effortless as users can simply click on their desired activity directly from the dashboard.

  • Fixed the settings screen, it accurately displays the license number.

  • The issue when users did not find any results when they searched about an activity, is resolved.

  • "Update Field" Does Not Add a Field in the Related Object Grid Corrected a problem where the "Update Field" button failed to add fields from related objects to the grid. This fix ensures that fields added through the Update Field button are now saved and displayed correctly in the grid.

    User Detail Page Designer Access

    Duplicate - Duplicate the matrix or grid for reuse or customization

  • Delete - Permanently remove the matrix or grid

  • Sync Lookup Filters - Ensure filters are up to date with Salesforce data

  • For Grids only: Manage Access, Published Locations.

  • Backup and Restore
    Grid Wizard
    Matrix Wizard
    Toggle View Wave Dashboard
    Add New Button
    Wave Dashboard View Mode
    App Page
    as the page type, then click
    Next
    .
    Open Lightning App Builder
    2

    Set Page Details

    • Enter a Label for your page (for example, Matrix Dashboard), then click Next.

    • Choose a page template (such as One Region or Two Regions), then click Finish.

    Set Page Details
    3

    Add the Valorx Matrix Component

    • In the Components panel, search for Valorx Matrix.

    • Drag and drop the Valorx Matrix component into the desired region.

    • From the Valorx Matrix dropdown, select the Matrix you want to display.

    • Adjust the component height as needed.

    4

    Save and Activate

    • Click Save, then click Activate to assign the page to users or apps.

    • Once activated, the Matrix becomes available within Salesforce for users to access and run.

    Save and Activate

    Add the Matrix Page

    • In the left panel, select All.

    • Search for the Lightning App Page you created.

    • Click the + icon next to your page name, then click Add 1 Nav Item.

    Add the Matrix Page
    3

    Save and Access the Matrix Page

    • Click Save to apply your changes.

    • From the top navigation bar, click the More dropdown and select your newly added Matrix page.

    Your published Matrix now appears as a tab or page within the Sales app, ready for users to access and interact with.

    To run the Matrix, you’ll need to select the data you want to view.

    Add and Configure the Valorx Matrix Component

    • In the Lightning App Builder, search for Valorx Matrix in the Components panel.

    • Drag and drop the Valorx Matrix component into the desired section (for example, a new tab or region).

    • From the Valorx Matrix dropdown, select the Matrix you want to display.

    • Adjust the component height if needed.

    3

    Configure and Save

    • From the Valorx Matrix dropdown, select the Matrix to display.

    • Adjust the component height if needed.

    • Click Save, then click Activate.

    Once activated, the Matrix appears on the record page and automatically displays data related to the record.

    Personalize the Navigation Bar
    Open the Record Page

    General Availability

    v15

    July 2025

    General Availability

    v14

    June 2025

    General Availability

    v12

    May 2025

    General Availability

    v11

    March 2025

    General Availability

    v10

    February 2025

    General Availability

    v9

    December 2024

    General Availability

    v8

    November 2024

    General Availability

    v7

    October 2024

    General Availability

    v6

    September 2024

    General Availability

    v5

    August 2024

    General Availability

    v4

    July 2024

    General Availability

    v3

    June 2024

    General Availability

    v17

    November 25 Release (v17)

    December 2025

    General Availability

    v16

    August 25 Release (v16)

    September 2025

    First-Time Users

    If no matrices exist, users will see a "Get Started with Your First Matrix" message, prompting them to create their first matrix.

    Key Components of the Matrix Home Screen

    1. Search Bar – Located at the top, allowing users to search for existing matrices.

    2. Recent – Displays the most recently run or edited matrices for quick access.

    3. Create New Matrix Button – This button allows Designer and Admin to create a new matrix. Clicking it redirects to the matrix designer page.

    Key Component of The Matrix Home Screen

    Matrix Cards

    Matrix Card

    Each matrix appears as a card containing key details:

    • Matrix Title – The name of the matrix.

    • More Options (⋯) – Available for Designers, allowing them to:

      • Manage Access by assigning user permissions.

      • Delete the matrix.

      • View the matrix owner (creator).

      • .

    • Matrix Structure – Displays:

      • Row (Y-Axis) – Object selected for rows.

      • Column (X-Axis) – Object selected for columns.

      • Data – Object used for matrix calculations.

    • Matrix Actions

      • – If the matrix has been run before, this button shows a dropdown of previously selected records.

      • Run and Edit Buttons – Available for Designers and Admins to modify the matrix.

      • Run Button – To run or execute the matrix.

    Accessing Matrix – Start with a 30-Day Free Trial

    To use Matrix, a paid license is required. But good news! 🎉 Before committing, you can explore everything Matrix has to offer with a 30-day free trial.

    Here’s how to start your trial:

    • ✅ Navigate to the Matrix section.

    • ✅ Click the Start Matrix Trial button.

    • ✅ Your 30-day countdown will begin immediately, giving you full access to Matrix features during the trial period.

    After the trial ends, you’ll need to purchase a Matrix license to continue using Matrix. Don’t worry — we'll guide Admin users with easy options like Contact Sales and Buy Now under the Subscription section to make the purchase simple!

    Start Matrix Trial
    Matrix Home Screen
    ➕ What's New?

    Formula Field Support for Images

    We are excited to introduce support for formula fields that return images in Wave Embedded. This enhancement allows for the following:

    • Image Support: Formula-generated images will be visible and functional within Wave.

    • Source Flexibility: Images can be sourced from any relative or absolute URLs, including 'cdn'.

    • Responsive Design: Images will automatically adjust to fit within the selected layout, ensuring they display properly within their designated cell.

    • Interactive Preview: Clicking on an image will open a preview.

    This new feature aims to enhance the usability and functionality of image fields in Wave Embedded.

    Support for Hyperlink Formula Fields

    Formula fields with hyperlinks will now be displayed as clickable links within the grid, allowing direct navigation to related records or VF pages.

    This feature streamlines workflows and enhances productivity by enabling direct navigation and action initiation from the grid view.

    Reset Global View Option

    Users now have the option to revert their custom view to the Global view version initially shared with them.

    This feature ensures that standard users can easily revert to the original shared view if needed, maintaining data integrity while removing any unnecessary customizations.

    Export Data

    Users can now export data by downloading the view to an Excel or CSV file. This feature allows users to rename the file, choose the file type, and select the number of records to export.

    This feature ensures that standard users can easily export or download the data in CSV or Excel format file.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Automatic Metadata Refresh for Objects

    We have implemented an enhancement to streamline the process of refreshing metadata for object's fields, particularly in the Grid Wizard. Newly added fields will now automatically appear after refresh the page without the need to manually click the "Refresh" button of the Object.

    This update aims to improve efficiency and ensure that users can seamlessly access newly added fields within their objects.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    In this release, we have addressed several issues to improve user experience and functionality.

    • The view was displaying the initial grid view instead of the new grid view when switching to full screen. Now, the view properly displays the new grid view when entering full screen mode.

    • The "Save Changes" and "Close" (Cross) icons were not properly aligned in full screen mode. This has been fixed, and the icons are now correctly aligned in full screen mode.

    • Fixed an issue where users were unable to paste lookup values in the grid. Previously, copying and pasting lookup values from one record to another did not work as expected.

    • Resolved an issue where the dashboard failed to display Lead grids after switching objects. Now, searching for "Lead" again will properly display the related grids.

    • Fixed an issue where selecting values from the controlling picklist displayed the API name instead of the label. This also affected the dependent picklist. Now, the label of the picklist value is displayed instead of the API name.

    • Fixed an issue where the formula field (Full Name) on the Contact object did not update immediately after changing the First Name and Last Name fields. Previously, the Full Name field only showed the updated value after refreshing the page. Now, the formula field updates immediately once the First Name and Last Name fields are changed and saved.

    • When multiple relationships to the same object exist, it is difficult to differentiate between the relationships in Wave Embedded & Extension. This issue has been fixed by updating the display format to show the related object's plural name followed by the field label, ensuring clarity and differentiation between relationships.

    1. Prerequisites
    • Admin access to both Sandbox and Production.

    • Sandbox and Production environments must be connected via deployment settings.

    • Pages must be activated and saved in the Sandbox.

    2. Prepare the Pages in Sandbox

    1. Open Setup.

    2. Go to Lightning App Builder.

    3. Confirm your App Page or Record Page is saved and activated.

    4. Test the page in Sandbox to ensure it behaves as expected.

    3. Set Up Deployment Connection (Production)

    Before you can deploy from Sandbox, ensure Production allows inbound change sets:

    1. In Production, open Setup.

    2. Go to Deployment Settings.

    3. Find your Sandbox and click Edit.

    4. Check Allow Inbound Changes.

    5. Save your changes.

    Set Up Deployment Connection

    4. Back Up and Restore (Required Before Deployment)

    To preserve Matrix/Grid configurations used within the App Page:

    In Sandbox

    1. Open the App Page you want to migrate.

    2. Click the More Options menu (the three dots).

    3. Select Backup.

    4. Back up all Grids and Matrices used on the page.

    In Production

    1. Go to Wave Admin → Settings → Backup and Restore.

    2. Restore the backup file you created in Sandbox.

    Restoring the backup in Production ensures all Grid and Matrix configurations are ready before you deploy the App Page.

    Backup and Restore the Grids

    5. Create an Outbound Change Set (Sandbox)

    1. In Sandbox, go to Setup.

    2. Search for Outbound Change Sets.

    3. Click New and enter a name and description.

    4. Save the change set.

    Create Outbound Change Sets

    Add Change Set Components

    1. Click Add under the Change Set Components section.

    2. From the Component Type dropdown, select:

      • Lightning Page for App Pages or Record Pages.

      • Tab (Only for App Page)

      • Lightning Web Component (if you have Row or Grid Action using LWC)

      • Aura (if you have Row or Grid Action using Aura)

      • Flow (if you have Row or Grid Action using Flow)

    3. Select the relevant page(s) and click Add to Change Set.

    Add Change Set Components

    Add Profiles

    1. Click Add Profiles

    2. Choose the profiles.

    3. Save your updates.

    Add Profiles

    Upload the Change Set

    1. Click Upload.

    2. Select the target Production org.

    3. Confirm the upload.

    Upload The Change Sets

    6. Deploy the Change Set in Production (Inbound)

    1. Log in to Production.

    2. Go to Setup → Inbound Change Sets.

    3. Locate the change set you uploaded.

    4. Click Validate to preview deployment results (Optional).

    5. After successful validation, click Deploy.

    Deploy the Change Sets

    7. Post‑Deployment

    Once the Change Sets is deployed, you can make the App Page available in the Sales app.


    8. Troubleshooting

    Page not visible in Production

    • Ensure the page is activated.

    • Check app and profile assignments.

    Missing components

    • Repackage dependencies in a new change set.

    Deployment errors

    • Review the validation error message.

    • Fix missing fields, components, or permission issues.

    Grouping:
    • Row Grouping has been enhanced with a new configuration called "Max Row Groups per View" in the Settings menu. This configuration will provide users with the flexibility to specify the maximum number of row groups to be displayed when applying grouping in a range between 5 to 50. By setting this limit, users can effectively manage the number of groups visible in their view, ensuring a more focused presentation of data.

    • Row Grouping will now display the active value groups ensuring that the grouped results focus exclusively on the currently active values, providing users with a more concise and relevant view of the data.

    • Picklist values in Row Grouping will now be based on the order of the predefined values in Salesforce. By aligning the grouping with the existing order of values in Salesforce, users can easily locate and navigate through the groups, creating a more intuitive and seamless experience.

    Layout

    A custom layout has been created which will allow the users to create unique and visually appealing layouts. Users can design and customize the appearance of their record layouts. This will have different fields where users can provide the name and add fields to the record page.

    Activities

    The activities form has been enhanced and implemented a few design changes to the form.

    Hot Fixes

    • Encountered an issue while navigating the License section of Settings where it does not display the current Username which is now fixed.

    • The Activity Save button fails to function properly once a required field error arises.

    • The order of the activity list shuffled after adding a new activity or editing an existing one.

    • Notes are not getting auto saved when it is in edit mode and clicked outside of the Notes Board.

    • Rapidly changing the views causes the row grouping to remain enabled even in a non-grouping view.

    Filter

    Filtering Data in the Grid

    The Filter function helps you refine your data, similar to Excel-style filtering. Apply conditions to display only the records that meet specific criteria while temporarily hiding the rest. This makes it easier to focus on relevant data and streamline analysis.

    • The specified criteria are also called Conditions.

    For example, suppose you have a list of 500 customer names and wish to identify the total number of female customers living in Ohio. In that case, you can use data filtering to extract only the female customers living in Ohio.

    You can use filters to:

    You can apply both Filters and Filter Groups in Valorx Wave.

    Multiple Filters Vs Filter Groups

    What is the difference between applying multiple filters and filter groups?

    • When you apply multiple filters, you must use either And or Or condition in all of them. For example, you can filter the opportunity records containing amounts greater than $80000 and have Texas as the billing state, which is in a value proposition stage.

    • If you want to use the combination of both And and Or conditions, you should apply a filter group. For example, you can filter the opportunity records containing amounts greater than $80000

    Scope Filters

    Scope Filters enable you to narrow down the data based on your context. This lets you focus only on the records that matter to you.

    For example, you get the option to filter the Account object records based on various scope filters, such as All accounts, My accounts, My team's accounts, etc., based on the particular object and grid selected. It is shown in the image below:

    All the filter conditions that are specified further in the filter will be applied to the records that are obtained using the scope filter.

    Filters

    Please follow the process below to apply filters:

    1. Click on Filters. The Filters pop-up screen will open.

    2. Select the desired Scope Filter.

    All the filter conditions that you specify further will be applied on the records obtained using this scope filter.

    1. Click on + Add a filter to add a filter.

    1. The filter’s condition setup section will pop up.

    1. First, select the column name where you want to apply the filter from the Column drop-down.

    2. Select the desired condition in the Condition drop-down.

    3. Write down the desired value in the Value field.

    1. Click OK.

    Below are a few examples:

    [1]

    If you want to see the records of only GenePoint, apply the filter condition: Name, Contains, and GenePoint.

    The Grid screen will only show the rows with GenePoint in the Name field.

    [2]

    You can use the In condition to see the records that match a group of specified values. For example, if you want to see the records having a Billing State equal to South Carolina, Oregon, Nevada, New Jersey, Ohio, and Texas, apply the filter condition: Billing State/Province, In, and (List of State names).

    Click the value field and list the names of the required States in the Add Value(s) pop-up box.

    Note: Please add only a single value per line.

    The filter condition will look like as shown below:

    Click Ok. The Grid screen will display the records with the specified Billing State names only, as shown in the image below.

    [3]

    Similarly, if you want to see the records apart from the group of desired values, you can use the Not In condition.

    For example, if you want to see the records having Industry type apart from Utilities, Transportation, Technology, Retail, and Apparel, apply the filter condition: Industry, Not In, and (List of Industry names).

    Click the value field and select the names of the required Industries from the pop-up box.

    Note: Industry is a drop-down field, so we can select items from the available list instead of manually typing the names.

    The filter condition will look like as shown below:

    Click Ok. The Grid screen will display the records with the Industry names apart from the names specified in the filter condition, as shown in the image below.

    Note: In and Not In conditions can be used with names, numbers, dates and time values.

    [4]

    If you want to see the records that include an amount greater than 90000, apply filter conditions: Amount, Greater Than, and 90000.

    The Grid screen will only show the rows with Amount greater than 90000.


    1. Click once again on + Add a filter to apply multiple conditions. You can use both And and Or to apply a condition. For example,

    Below are a few examples:

    [1]

    If you want to see the list of opportunities owned by Jdoe or have an amount greater than 100000, you can apply the filter conditions as shown in the image below.

    The Grid screen will show the list of opportunities owned by Jdoe Or amounts greater than 100,000.

    [2]

    If you want to see the list of opportunities whose Names start with edge and the Amount is between 50,000 and 250,000, you can apply the filter conditions as shown in the image below.

    The Grid screen will show the rows with Names starting with edge and Amounts between 50,000 and 250,000.

    Note: You can use + Add a filter as many times as you want to. However, you must use either And or Or in all of them. If you want to apply multiple conditions comprising a combination of both And and Or conditions, please use .

    Please ensure you read to unlock the true potential of this feature.

    1. Use the Copy icon to copy any filter condition.

    2. Use the Delete icon to delete any filter condition.

    3. Use Clear all and then OK to clear all filter conditions.

    4. Note: When you apply any Filter condition for the first time on any Standard Grid, the Grids screen will automatically create a

    • You can provide a suitable name and description to this new grid by clicking Edit in the toast notification.

    • All the further modifications that you perform using various Grids screen features will be saved in that grid only. You can also apply additional filters to the records in that grid.

    1. Any filter conditions applied in the Spreadsheet Area will be denoted using the number of filters applied on the Filter button. Please remove the filters to see the original Grid or apply the other filters again.

    Filter Groups

    Use a Filter Group when applying multiple conditions comprising a combination of both And and Or conditions. It will allow you to be extremely specific about your conditions.

    1. Click Add a filter group.

    Now you have two options to click Add a filter group again and apply desired filter conditions.

    Option 1:

    1. You click Add a filter group shown in the Filters pop-up screen multiple times. The group options will open.

    2. In this case, you can apply filter conditions based on either And or Or. You cannot mix match And and Or together.

    This option will be the same as applying filters multiple times.

    Option 2:

    1. Click Add a filter group shown in the group option.

    2. Choose And or Or parameters based on your requirements.

    3. Click Add a filter.

    4. Choose

    1. Click OK.

    For example:

    If you want to see the list of opportunities with the Closed Date between Jan 1, 2021, and June 31, 2021, Or the Opportunity Owner as Jdoe And Amount greater than 500,000, you can use the Filter Group function as shown in the image below.

    The Grid screen will show the required filtered records, as shown in the image below.

    August 24 Release (v5)

    📢 Announcing the August Release

    We are excited to announce the latest updates and enhancements in our newest release. This release introduces new features, enhancements, and bug fixes to improve your experience. Below is an overview of the key updates.


    ➕ What's New?

    Grid Wizard UI Updates

    We’ve made significant UI enhancements to the Grid Wizard for a smoother and more intuitive experience:

    • Color Changes: The wizard now includes updated color schemes to improve the user experience and enhance visibility while configuring the grid.

    • Step-by-Step Progress: As users move through each step in the Grid Wizard, the UI will now display the number of changes made in specific fields, providing a clear overview of progress.

    • Display Options: This new section allows you to manage all aspects of Grid display, including Conditional Formatting, Column Grouping, Related Lists, and Layout customization.

    These improvements ensure a more efficient and visually cohesive experience while building or editing grids.

    Conditional Formatting in Grid Wizard

    We’re excited to introduce Conditional Formatting to the Grid Wizard, providing more dynamic data visualization. Users can apply color formatting based on specific conditions. Options include single conditions, grouped conditions, and color bars.

    Column Grouping in Grid Wizard

    We’ve introduced a powerful new feature—Column Grouping—to the Grid Wizard, giving users more control over how data is displayed and organized. This update provides greater flexibility and consistency in creating and viewing grids.

    Related List in Wave Grid

    We’re excited to announce a new feature in the Grid Wizard—Related List! Previously, users were unable to include related lists while configuring grids. With this update, Designers can now easily add related lists to grids, providing a more robust and connected data experience.

    This new feature enhances grid functionality and makes it easier for users to work with connected data sets.

    Layout in Grid Wizard

    We’ve introduced enhanced Layout Options in the Grid Wizard, allowing users to customize how data is displayed. Users can now freeze columns to the left or right of the grid, making it easier to view and analyze specific data while scrolling.

    Enhanced Permissions in Grid Wizard

    We’re excited to introduce Enhanced Permissions in the Grid Wizard, providing more control over access and customization for users and profiles. This feature ensures that Designers and Admins can tailor the level of access and editing capabilities for various users, improving security and collaboration.

    With these advanced permissions, Designers and Admins can ensure consistent data presentation and customization capabilities across different roles.

    Support for Lookup Filters

    We’ve introduced support for Lookup Filters, allowing users to enhance their data accuracy and search efficiency. Lookup fields in the grid now fully adhere to the filters applied to those fields in Salesforce, ensuring consistent data visibility.

    Key Benefits:

    • Enhanced Data Accuracy: Lookup Filters ensure users are selecting from relevant data sets, reducing errors in data entry.

    • Improved Efficiency: Users no longer need to manually sift through extensive lists, as lookups will only display records that meet the filter conditions.

    • Customizable Filters: Admins can define the filter criteria based on field values or other conditions to streamline the selection process.

    This feature is especially useful for users working with large data sets, ensuring that only the most relevant records are available in the lookup field.

    Know Limitation

    Non-admin users must have the "View Setup and Configuration" permission to use lookup filters. We are actively working on a solution to remove this requirement in future releases.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Record Expansion

    The 'Expand Record' option in the context menu now operates identically to the 'Expand Record Details' option.

    This enhancement ensures a consistent experience when accessing detailed record views, improving usability and coherence across the application.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    In this release, we have addressed several issues to improve user experience and functionality.

    • Fixed an issue where conditional formatting for number fields did not apply correctly when the field value was empty. Previously, empty values were mistakenly treated as zero, preventing the formatting from being applied. With this fix, conditional formatting now correctly triggers based on empty values, ensuring the specified color or style is applied as intended.

    • Resolved an issue where picklist fields in the embedded grid were incorrectly displaying all available values instead of only the values assigned based on the record type. The grid now accurately shows only the selected values, ensuring the correct picklist options are displayed as intended.

    • Fixed an issue where the grid displayed a "Record Deleting" message even when the user does not have any permissions. The system now properly checks user permissions before attempting the delete operation. If the user does not have the required permissions, an error message will be displayed, and the deletion will be aborted. This ensures that unauthorized users are informed of their permission limitations, and no incorrect status messages are shown.

    October 24 Release (v7)

    📢 Announcing the October Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update and enhancement in our newest release. This release introduces new feature, enhancements and bug fixes to improve your experience. Below is an overview of the key update.


    ➕ What's New?

    Save Grid Button

    A new feature has been introduced, allowing users to save changes to a grid with the addition of a "Save Grid" button in edit mode. This button is positioned in the top-right corner of the interface. Users can make edits either through the Grid Wizard or while surfing a grid in the Surf the Wave section. In both scenarios, the "Save Grid" button becomes visible only when changes are made, making it easy for users to save their updates in real time. Here's how it works:

    • Grid Wizard Example: When editing a grid using the Grid Wizard, users will see the "Save Grid" button appear in the top-right corner after making changes to the grid structure or configuration. Clicking this button saves the changes immediately.

    • Surf the Wave Example: While surfing a grid in Surf the Wave mode, users can modify the grid details. Once edits are made, the "Save Grid" button will become visible, allowing users to save their adjustments directly from this mode.

    In both cases, a confirmation message will appear once the grid has been saved, stating that the changes were successfully applied.

    Important Notes:

    • The "Save Grid" button is accessible only for Designer roles.

    • Users can still create personal copies in designated app locations, but for Designers, personal copies will no longer be accessible within the Surf the Wave section.

    • If a Designer edits and attempts to save changes to a global grid while Standard Users have active personal copies of the grid, a confirmation message will prompt the Designer, asking if they wish to proceed with saving. Selecting "Save Grid" will delete all personal copies for Standard Users, and the updated grid will be shared as the new global version.

    This feature streamlines the grid editing process, helping users maintain control over grid configurations while managing personal copies more effectively.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Unsaved Changes Warning

    We have enhanced grid functionality to help manage unsaved changes when switching grids:

    Unsaved Changes Warning: If a user attempts to switch to another grid after making changes without pressing the Save Grid or Save button, they’ll receive a prompt:

    "Are you sure you want to move to another view without saving the pending changes?"

    Options:

    • OK: Discards all changes and navigates to the selected grid.

    • Cancel: Keeps the user in the current grid with changes preserved.

    This update ensures users don’t accidentally lose work while switching views, offering flexibility and control over unsaved configurations.

    Optimized Full-Screen View

    We have refactored the implementation of the full-screen feature to enhance user experience by avoiding the use of double grids. This change simplifies the user interface, allowing for a more streamlined display of information.

    Key Improvements:

    • Single Grid Display: The new implementation eliminates the need for duplicate grid displays in full-screen mode, providing users with a clearer and more focused view.

    • Improved Performance: By reducing the complexity of the layout, we have enhanced the performance and responsiveness of the full-screen feature.

    • Simplified User Interaction: Users can now navigate and interact with a single grid, minimizing confusion and improving usability.

    This enhancement aims to create a more efficient and user-friendly experience when utilizing the full-screen functionality.

    Lookup Filters Support for L2+ Lookup Fields

    We’re excited to introduce enhanced Lookup Filters support for L2+ (Level 2 and above) Lookup Fields, offering users greater precision in filtering data.

    Key Features:

    • Enhanced Filtering Capabilities: Users can now apply Lookup filters at multiple levels, improving the granularity of data selection.

    • Improved User Experience: This feature simplifies the process of finding related records, ensuring users can access the information they need quickly and efficiently.

    • Consistency Across Levels: The support for L2+ Lookup Fields maintains consistency in the filtering process, providing a seamless experience throughout the application.

    With this enhancement, users gain advanced filtering options, making data management and analysis more flexible and efficient.

    For more on Lookup Filters, [].


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    In this release, we have addressed several issues to improve user experience and functionality.

    • Fixed an issue where grouping by a picklist field in the object view would show the API name of the picklist instead of the label name. Now, the grouped result correctly shows the label name.

    • Fixed an issue where standard users were still able to modify calendar filters after the "Allow Edit Filters" option was disabled on the Access Control page. Now, all filter modification capabilities, including those for calendar filters, are correctly restricted when the option is disabled.

    • Fixed an issue where the API name of lookup fields from related objects was displayed instead of the label name. Now, the correct label name is shown for lookup fields, ensuring a more intuitive and user-friendly display.

    Feb 24 Release (v27)

    📢 Announcing the February Release

    In our latest release, we've introduced a fresh Export Data feature, enabling users to effortlessly share the information stored in different Object Views with others. Moreover, it encompasses important design enhancements concerning the Add New View / Field Selection function, Date Selection, and Views screen footer design, alongside addressing several critical bug fixes.


    ➕ What's New?

    Export Data

    This time, Wave came up with an amazing Export Data feature that would enable the users to download the data of any of their desired Object Views in either Excel or CSV file formats and share it with others.

    To export the data of any View, users need to select the Export Data option from More Options in the Toolbar.

    The Export Data window will open. Here, the users can:

    1. Provide a file name.

    2. Select the required export file format: Excel or CSV.

    3. Make a selection between: Visible Records (records displayed on the View) or All Records (This will download all the records available in the View).

    Note: The option for exporting 'All Records' will not be available in the View where the Grouping function has been applied.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Date Selection

    Introducing our revamped Date Picker interface! Experience an efficient way of navigating dates with the sleek new look.

    Add New View

    The Add New View feature has undergone a redesign to streamline the process. Now, the users can input the View Name and Description alongside selecting fields, all on one screen. The sub-field selection screen has also undergone a makeover.

    The Add Fields function on the Views screen has also been redesigned on similar lines to the Add New View design.

    Footer Redesign

    Starting with this release, the Footer Row will be permanently visible on the Views screen. Previously, users were required to select the 'Show footer row' option from the More Options button in the Toolbar to display the Footer row.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • Wave now accurately remembers the recently opened view of a particular Object at the time of switching back to that Object after selecting any other Object from the Object Bar. This is also taken care of when reselecting the same object.

    • The issue where the users were unable to sync a report having the same name as that of an existing Custom View has been resolved. Now, Wave will automatically rename the report with an incremental number (e.g., 'Top Opportunities 2') when mapping it if there is an existing Custom View with the same name.

    • The Issues encountered while using Filter with fields having the 'Datetime' data type have been fixed.


    Notes:

    • Moving forward, the Activities button on the right side of the Wave Ribbon will remain hidden by default. If required, the users can enable it by checking the Show Activities checkbox from the Advanced tab in Settings.

    August 25 Release (v44)

    This release focuses on improving usability, consistency across platforms, and preparing the foundation for multi-lingual and multi-currency support. You’ll notice refinements in both Grid and Matrix, along with a few important fixes.


    New Features ➕

    Multi-Lingual and Locale Support

    Wave now adapts to your Salesforce user locale and company locale for a more personalized experience.

    • Multi-lingual support for toolbar buttons, left bar, save summary, field picker, profile card, dashboard (Home), and more.

    • Locale-aware formatting for dates, numbers, decimals, digit grouping, and currencies.

    • Supported languages: Japanese, German.

    This update makes your Wave experience feel consistent and native with your Salesforce settings.

    Matrix Dashboard: Duplicate Matrix

    We’ve added a “Duplicate Matrix” option in the Matrix Dashboard, making it easy to replicate existing matrix.

    With this enhancement, you can:

    • Quickly duplicate a matrix from the More Options menu.

    • Duplicate all settings, including filters, fields, display options, and access permissions.

    This update improves usability and keeps the experience consistent across Wave platforms.

    New Enhancements ✨

    Enhanced Preview Changes Design

    We’ve refreshed the Preview Changes design for both Matrix and Grid, across Wave Extension and Wave Embedded.

    This update delivers a cleaner, more details, making it easier to review changes before applying them.

    Improved Keyboard Navigation in Grids

    We’ve enhanced the Enter key behavior for Date and Picklist fields in grids. Now, after you update a cell value, simply press Enter to confirm the change and move smoothly to the next cell.

    This update makes working with grids faster and more efficient, especially for users who prefer keyboard navigation.

    Help Text on Column Headers

    We’ve made grids more intuitive by displaying Salesforce help text when you hover over a column header.

    This enhancement makes it easier to understand the meaning or purpose of each field without leaving the grid.

    Simplified Record Selection for Single Object Matrices

    We’ve streamlined the record selection process in single object matrices by removing the unnecessary secondary screen.

    You now go straight to record selection, reducing extra clicks.

    Multi-Currency Handling in Matrix

    We’ve improved multi-currency support in Matrix for organizations with multiple currencies enabled.

    • Main Matrix: Now displays the correct currency value and symbol. Only Count is available for summaries (Sum/Avg not supported).

    • Detail View (DDV): Now displays the correct currency value and symbol. Only Count is available in the footer (Min/Max/Sum/Avg not supported).

    This enhancement ensures the displayed currency always matches the Currency ISO Code in Salesforce records or user context, instead of defaulting to USD.


    Temporarily Disabled ⚙

    Vertical Orientation in Matrix Designer

    The Vertical Orientation option is now disabled and marked with a Coming Soon badge. This is to ensure a more intuitive layout of vertical measures and improved handling of large data volumes. We will be releasing this in a future update.


    Known Issue

    Refresh Metadata Button Unavailable in Field Picker

    In Manage Grid and the expanded lookup field picker, the Refresh Metadata button is currently unavailable. You can still refresh metadata from the field picker in the grid column, where the button remains available.


    Bug Fixes 🐞

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    • Integer Data Aggregation Preserves Whole Numbers Resolved an issue where saving summaries on integer fields attempted to distribute fractional values (e.g., 7 ÷ 3 = 2.33), which broke the process. The system now uses integer division and distributes remainders in a round-robin manner to ensure totals are preserved while keeping all values as whole numbers.

    • Matrix Record Display and Count Now Consistent Corrected an issue where the Matrix initially displayed no records despite showing a record count, and refreshing caused the count to change unexpectedly. The Matrix now displays records immediately and keeps record counts consistent before and after refresh.


    Wave Extension v44 makes working with data simpler and more consistent. With better usability, accurate results, and support for global users, this release gives you a smoother experience from start to finish.

    Jan 24 Release (v26)

    📢 Announcing the January Release

    Happy New Year!🎉 As we celebrate the dawn of 2024, we are thrilled to kick off the year with a bang and present to you our January Release Notes. Along with addressing some important bug fixes, this release comes up with a complete redesign of the Wave Ribbon in the Views Screen.

    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    The All-New Wave Ribbon

    We are delighted to introduce the newly upgraded Wave Ribbon 🌟. This improvement is meticulously designed to ensure not only improved functionality but also the infusion of elegant aesthetics for an enriched user experience.

    Introducing the Object Bar

    No more searching for popular objects in the Search bar or opening the Home screen to select one. Users can now directly access their recently used objects right from the Wave Ribbon in the Views screen😊.

    • Users can select another object anytime to open the Views of that object.

    Revised Toolbar

    We've refined the Toolbar to ensure that users' experience interacting with their data is not just efficient but downright enjoyable 🥳.

    More Options

    The More Options menu has been greatly reinforced, and it now supports multiple functionalities together in a single place. In addition to the 'Show footer row' option, It now also enables the users to

    • Add View to favorite / Remove View from favorite

    • Manage View (allows renaming the view and adding description)

    • Duplicate


    Save Summary

    The Save Summary notification box appearing when saving any changes, has undergone a design change. It now comes with two buttons: All and Errors.

    • All: By clicking the 'All' button, the Views screen displays all records, including the rows containing errors.

    • Errors: By clicking the 'Errors' button, the users can exclusively view only those rows that contain errors. This facilitates better visibility and addressing of errors.

    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • The Admin users logging into Wave using the 'Login with Valorx' option can now accurately view the number of licenses allotted to various orgs.

    • The problems faced in regard to the effective display of error information and the position of the 'Save Summary' floaty have been resolved.

    • Various issues with the functioning of the Mass Modifier and Import features have been streamlined.


    Note: We have updated the View Search feature in the Wave Ribbon, and as part of this improvement, the Advanced Search functionality is no longer available.

    Oct 23 Release (v23)

    About the October Release

    The October 2023 release includes critical enhancements and bug fixes in addition to an array of interesting new features. The goal remains the same: to make the user experience more efficient.

    Introducing New Features

    1. Feedback

    A Feedback feature has been introduced by which the users can submit their valuable feedback and also rate the product as per their experience.

    Feedback can be accessed from Settings in the User Profile and from the sidebar on the bottom left.

    The user can choose the topic related to which one wishes to submit the feedback and describe the details in the box given below. Users can also provide their rating out of five stars.

    The required feedback topic can be selected from the drop-down as shown in the image below:

    2. Scope Filters

    Valorx Wave now supports Scope Filters for filtering the Grid records more effectively.

    The user can select Filter on the Grid View screen and access the Scope Filters using the drop-down.

    Enhancements

    1. The Standard Salesforce Views has been provided with enhanced capabilities.

    The user can seamlessly perform the desired operations such as reordering of fields, Conditional Formatting, Grouping, Layout, etc., without worrying about creating new Custom Views every time. All the changes can be performed directly upon the Standard Views, and it will remain saved for future use.

    A Custom View is created only while performing the following operations: Add/Remove fields, Filter and Sort. And even this is done automatically, so the user need not take the hassle to do it manually. Once the Custom View is created, a toast notification is displayed as shown in the image below:

    The default View Name can be changed by clicking Edit in the toast notification.

    1. The Standard and Pro plan users can now purchase additional licenses by clicking Buy more from Subscription section in Settings. It will display the Payment Details screen where the user can select the number of seats to be purchased and make the payment accordingly.

    2. Accessibility Improvements:

    • Users will now receive an informative notification to disable the 'Block third-party cookies' option from the browser settings, in the event that they are unable to access the Wave floaty on Salesforce.

    • Valorx Wave is now more accessible while navigating with a keyboard. The users can smoothly navigate within various Wave screen interfaces using Tab, Spacebar and Enter keys.

    1. Valorx Wave now facilitates sending invites and assigning licenses to multiple individuals at a time.


    Important Remarks:

    1. In order to facilitate a seamless onboarding, any user is now permitted to add a new Org and enter Wave if the Maximum Org limit has not been reached. Prior to this release, only the Admin members had the right to add a new Org.

    Note: There is no Maximum Org limit for the Pro and Standard plans. However, the Max Org limit for the Free plan is 2.


    Bug Fixes

    • The issues related to Payment Details page has been resolved.

    • Reports can be mapped correctly using the Wave floaty on Salesforce Report page.

    • The challenges encountered while using the Wave floaty on Salesforce have been fixed.

    July 24 Release (v32)

    📢 Announcing the July Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update to our product, packed with exciting new features and bug fixes. In this release, we've introduced powerful new features to enhance your workflow and addressed several issues to improve your overall experience.


    ➕ What's New?

    Matrix Data Visualization and Management

    We are excited to introduce the Matrix feature, a game-changer for data visualization and management! This powerful tool enables users to connect and display data from multiple Salesforce objects within a single view. With an Excel-like interface, you can now view and bulk edit data effortlessly. Enjoy dynamic data summarization at group and sub-group levels and flexible column grouping with multiple dimensions.

    Discover more about our feature by clicking !

    Support for Hyperlink Formula Fields

    Formula fields with hyperlinks will now be displayed as clickable links within the grid, allowing direct navigation to related records.

    This feature streamlines workflows and enhances productivity by enabling direct navigation and action initiation from the grid view.

    Community Cloud User Access to Wave

    We are now supporting the Community Cloud login experience. Community Cloud users can now log in to Wave and utilize its features.

    Click for a step-by-step guide on how to log in using Experience Cloud.

    For community users, reports, sharing options, invitations, and event creation will not be displayed.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Paste Option (Ctrl + V) in Context Menu

    We've added a paste option (Ctrl + V) to the context menu. Now, users can easily paste copied values directly from the context menu.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • There was an issue where reports were not mapping correctly in Wave. This issue has been fixed.

    • The related list was not opening when users redirected from the record detail page floaty. This issue has been fixed to ensure the related list opens correctly when redirecting from Floaty.

    • When attempting to access a specific report in Wave that is beyond the 2000th report in the list, the system incorrectly redirected to the report dashboard instead of the report view, and the report mapping dialog did not display. This issue has been fixed to ensure the system redirects to the report view for the selected report or displays the report mapping dialog.

    Migration Using Workbench

    This guide walks you through migrating Grids between any Salesforce environments using Workbench. Whether you’re moving from a Developer Org, Scratch Org, Sandbox, or Production, the steps remain the same.

    Our example uses a Production-to-Production migration, but the process applies to any combination of orgs.

    Prerequisites

    1. Salesforce Administrator Access: Ensure the user performing the migration has System Administrator privileges and the

    June 24 Release (v3)

    📢 Announcing the June Release

    We are excited to announce our new product, Wave Embedded Inside Salesforce!🥳 This version packed with new features and improvements designed to enhance your experience and productivity.


    Experience Cloud Page

    Applicable to all Experience Cloud sites except LWR Sites.

    Valorx Grids and Related Grids can be embedded within Community Portal pages to provide users with interactive data views. Follow the steps below to configure Valorx Grid in your Experience Cloud site.

    Valorx Grid

    1

    March 25 Release (v11)

    📢 Announcing the March Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update and enhancement in our newest release. This release introduces new features, enhancements and bug fixes to improve your experience. Below is an overview of the key update.


    August 25 Release (v16)

    Wave Embedded v16 is here, bringing a set of enhancements designed to make your workflows smoother, faster, and more intuitive. From improved data entry to smarter row actions, seamless navigation, and easier ways to get started with Matrix. This release focuses on making your Salesforce experience better than ever.

    Version 16 also includes updates from v16.1 and v16.2.


    New Enhancements ✨

    Dec 23 Release (v25)

    📢 Announcing the January Release

    The latest release brings in a big makeover for the Wave Dashboard interface 🎉. It includes critical enhancements and a sprinkle of bug fixes, making it a polished and refined user experience.

    February 25 Release (v10)

    📢 Announcing the February Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update and enhancement in our newest release. This release introduces new feature, enhancements and bug fixes to improve your experience. Below is an overview of the key update.


    Sept 23 Release (v21)

    About the September Release

    The September 2023 release includes the enhancements and bug fixes below for a finer user experience.

    1. Enhancements in the Grid View screen

    2. Enhancements in the Report Mapping Function

    3. Enhancements in the Settings screen

    Aug 23 Release (v20)

    About the August Release

    August 2023 (V20) release is more about bringing vision into action. In this release, there are three enhancements:

    1. New Subscription plans are announced.

    2. The Settings screen is revamped for better user experience.

    3. Payment workflow completed using a secure Payment Gateway.

    Team Valorx is on a mission to create the fastest Salesforce experience for everyone

    Jul 23 Release (v18)

    Introducing Valorx Wave – July 23 Release (V18)

    This release brings a host of improvements, including new features and enhancements that address various issues, all aimed at streamlining the user experience for optimal performance.

    New Features:

    Smart Import: Importing files has now been made easy with our new Smart Import feature. It simplifies the process of importing your Excel and CSV files into Salesforce. This feature has different operations and allows you to insert, upsert, and update files for standard and custom objects. It proves beneficial for a range of scenarios, including importing files from other CRM platforms, organizing opportunity and product data, and refreshing contact lists and user information.

    November 25 Release (v46)

    This release of Wave Browser Extension v46 brings more control and flexibility. You can now backup and restore your Grids and Matrices across orgs, and Matrix and Grid Column Totals are redesigned for easier, faster, and more interactive calculations. Alongside this, several UI and usability improvements make working in Wave smoother and more efficient than ever.


    New Features ➕

    April 24 Release (v29)

    📢 Announcing the April Release

    We are thrilled to announce the latest update to our application, featuring the brand-new Smart Import and Autofill Patterns! These exciting new features are designed to enhance your productivity and streamline your workflow. In addition, we have addressed several critical bugs to ensure a smoother and more reliable user experience. Read on for a detailed overview of what’s new and improved in this version.


    March 24 Release (v28)

    📢 Announcing the March Release

    We are excited to announce the latest updates and enhancements to our application. This release focuses on enhancing performance for filtering and exporting data while addressing several critical bug fixes. Our goal is to provide you with the best possible user experience, and we believe these changes will make a significant impact. Below, you will find a detailed summary of what's new and improved in this version.


    July 25 Release (v15)

    Wave Embedded v15 – Matrix Are Now Supported!

    We're thrilled to announce that Matrix is now available in Wave Embedded! Previously exclusive to the Wave Extension, Matrix empower you to display and analyze data through dynamic row and column groupings—all without leaving your Salesforce page.

    Explore the here.

    July 25 Release (v15)
    June 25 Release (v14) - Hotfix
    May 25 Release (v12) - Hotfix
    March 25 Release (v11)
    February 25 Release (v10)
    December 24 Release (v9) - Hotfix
    November 24 Release (v8)
    October 24 Release (v7)
    September 24 Release (v6)
    August 24 Release (v5)
    July 24 Release (v4)
    June 24 Release (v3)
    and
    have Texas as the Billing State
    or
    is in a Value Proposition stage.
    New Custom Grid.
    This allows you to work on it exclusively whenever required. A toast notification will be displayed to notify you that a Custom Grid has been created. It is shown in the below:
    And
    or
    Or
    parameters based on your requirements.
    Filter Group
    Multiple Filters Vs Filter groups
    Scope Filters
    Filters - Select Scope Filter
    Filters - Add a filter
    Filter Condition
    Filters - Applying a Condition - 1
    Filters - Applying a Filter Condition 1 (Result)
    Filters - Using In condition - 1
    Filters: Using In condition - Specifying values
    Filters: Using In condition - 3
    Filters: Using In condition (Result)
    Filters: Using Not In condition -1
    Filters: Using Not In condition - selecting values
    Filters: Using Not In condition - 3
    Filters: Using Not In condition (Result)
    Filters: Applying a Filter Condition
    Filters: Applying a Filter Condition (Results)
    Filters: Applying multiple conditions - 1
    Filters: Applying multiple conditions - 2
    Filters: Applying multiple conditions - 3
    Filters: Applying multiple conditions - 4
    Filters: Applying multiple conditions - 5
    New Custom Grid created after applying Filter
    Filters: Sign indicates the Filter is applied
    Add a filter group
    Add a filter group - Using either And or Or conditions
    Add a filter group - Using both And and Or conditions
    Filter Groups: Example - 1
    Filter Groups: Example - 2
  • Updates have been made to improve clarity and accuracy. The object description text was revised to "Add a description to tell users what is in this view," and unnecessary exclamation points were removed from the preview mode message, now simply stating "You can rearrange the fields in preview mode." Additionally, labels were adjusted for consistency: "Allow Fields Rearrangement" is now "Allow Rearranging Fields," and "Allow Edit Filters" has been updated to "Allow Editing Filters."

  • Resolved an issue where the copy feature in the lookup field of the grid was not functioning correctly. Users encountered an "Invalid Value" error when attempting to copy information. This has been fixed to ensure smooth operation of the copy functionality.

  • Grid Wizard
    Conditional Formatting
    Column Grouping
    Related List
    Layout
    Permissions
    click here

    Click Export.

    From now on, Wave enables the utilization of the 'User' object through the creation of a Custom View.

  • The issue of the Save button not functioning properly on the Record Details Page has been solved.

  • The problem regarding saving changes after employing the AutoFill function in a View with applied Grouping has been resolved.

  • The Filter feature now functions correctly with the 'between' condition in a Standard View.

  • The feature enabling users to designate any view as a
    favorite
    or remove it from favorites using the
    'Star icon'
    in the Views selection drop-down has been discontinued with this release.
    Export Data in More Options
    Export Data window
    Date Selection
    Add New View
    Matrix Configuration - Japanese
    Matrix Configuration - Deutsch
    Duplicate Matrix
    Preview Changes
    Improved Keyboard Navigation in Grids
    Help Text on Column Header
    Single Object Matrix
    Multi-Currency in Matrix
    Matrix Orientations

    Delete View

    Save operation now works accurately after modifying the 'Time' values in the Record Detail and Lookup Detail pages.
    Wave Ribbon
    Object Bar
    The New Toolbar
    More Options
    Save Summary notification
    1. The Owner field in all objects is now set to lookup to the User object by default. As a result, users can choose the Owner field value from the list of available User object values.

    Settings in User Profile
    Feedback In Settings
    Feedback Topics
    Scope Filters
    Automatic creation of a Custom View
    Rename View Name

    We’ve resolved an issue where attachments were not being added as expected. Attachments can now be successfully attached and managed within the application.

  • Users were unable to save newly added fields in related lists. After refreshing or changing the related list, the added fields would be removed. This issue has been resolved, ensuring that newly added fields in related lists are retained after a refresh or change in the related list.

  • Resolved an issue where column grouping was being removed when adding a field from the field picker. Column grouping will now be preserved correctly after adding fields.

  • Fixed a problem where column grouping was not removed after removing the field on which the grouping was applied. Column grouping will now be properly removed when the related field is deleted.

  • We've fixed the issue preventing users from copying and pasting lookup values in the grid. Previously, lookup values from one record could not be pasted into another. This fix ensures lookup values can now be copied and pasted seamlessly between records.

  • Matrix
    here
    here
    Add the Valorx Matrix Component
    Save and Access the Matrix Page
    Add and Configure the Valorx Matrix Component
    Configure and Save
    Backup Matrix
    Recent Button
    Designer
    role in Valorx Wave Embedded.
  • Matching Package Versions: The installed Valorx Wave Embedded package version must be identical in both the source and destination Salesforce organizations.

  • Data Migration Tool: Use a compatible data migration tool such as MuleSoft, Copado, or Salesforce Inspector. This document uses Workbench as an example.

  • Important Notes

    1. Applicable Scope: The migration process is specific to Wave Grids only.

    2. Grid ID Changes: Wave Grid IDs will change during the migration process.

    3. Sharing Restrictions:

      • Only grids not shared with other users are eligible for migration.

      • Grids with global assignments can be deployed.

      • Grids shared with specific users or using custom grids are not supported.

    4. Unsupported Features: Migration of Related Grids is not supported.

    Migration From Source Org

    1. Log in to the Source Salesforce Org Access the Salesforce organization where the grid is currently located.

    2. Open Valorx Wave Use the App Launcher to navigate to Valorx Wave.

    3. Locate the Grid

      • Create a new grid or select an existing one from the Wave Dashboard.

      • Click Edit and copy the Grid Name from the Grid Wizard.

    4. Log in to the Data Migration Tools (Eg: Workbench) Use your source Salesforce Org credentials to log in to Workbench.

    5. Run the Query in Workbench

      • Navigate to the queries section from the top menu bar.

      • Select SOQL Query from the dropdown.

      • Under View As, choose Bulk CSV.

    6. Paste and Customize the Query

      • Copy and paste the following query into the query box:

      • Replace YOUR_GRID_NAME_1 with the grid name copied from the Global View Name. If migrating multiple grids, add grid names as comma-separated values (e.g., 'Grid_Name_1', 'Grid_Name_2').

    7. Execute the Query

      • Click Query to run the query.

      • If no results are returned, ensure that the grid is permitted for export and not a custom grid.

    8. Download the Results

      • Once the query is executed successfully, click the Download icon to save the results as a CSV file.

    9. Prepare for Target Org Import

      • Log out from Workbench.

      • Log in again using the target Salesforce Org credentials to prepare for importing the data.

    Migration to Target Org

    1. Access Data Import in Workbench

      • From the top menu bar, click data and select Insert.

      • Set the Object Type to valorxwave__View__c.

    2. Upload the Exported File

      • Select From File and upload the CSV file exported from the source org.

    3. Map and Insert Data

      • Click Next to proceed.

      • Map the fields as required and click Confirm Insert to start the data import process.

    4. Verify Insert Status

      • Check the results. If you see Result: Success and Status: Created, the Wave Grid has been successfully migrated.

    After Successful Migration

    1. Log in to the Target Salesforce Org

      • Use your credentials for the target org.

    2. Access Valorx Wave

      • Navigate to App Launcher, search for Valorx Wave, and open the application.

    3. Verify the Migrated Grid

      • The migrated grid should now be visible on the Wave Dashboard.

    ➕ What's New?

    Wave Grid

    Wave Grid is essential for the spreadsheet experience in Salesforce, enabling efficient data management and analysis. It consists of three components: Dashboard for creating and managing view grids, Grid Wizard for step-by-step grid configuration, and Surf the Wave for user access and interaction with grids.

    We invite you to explore and experience the future of productivity with our latest release.


    Wave Dashboard

    The Dashboard tab acts as the central hub for accessing and managing all relevant grids, offering a consolidated view.

    The Dashboard tab offers two viewing options: Card view and Table view.

    Card view
    Table view

    Search Functionality

    We provide two search functionalities: Search by Object and Search by Grid Name.

    1. Search by Object.

    2. Search by Grid Name.

    Search functionality

    Operations available in the dashboard include:

    • Create New Grid: Users can initiate a new grid creation using the "Create new grid" option, launching the grid wizard for setup.

    • Clone: Duplicate existing grids for reuse or modification.

    • Edit: Modify grid configurations using the grid wizard interface.

    • Delete: Remove unwanted grids from the dashboard.

    • Access Control: Adjust accessibility settings and restrictions for grids.

    • Configured Location: View specific configuration details and placements of grids.

    • Surf the Wave: Access and interact with individual grids within the Surf the Wave interface.

    This operation's availability depends on your role, whether Designer or Standard user.


    Grid Wizard

    The Grid Wizard tab provides you with the tools to create and manage custom grids for your Salesforce data.

    Grid Wizard

    Follow these step-by-step instructions to seamlessly create and manage your custom grids for Salesforce data:

    1. Select the object and list view (or create from scratch), provide a unique name, and optionally add a description.

    2. Add fields for the grid. From this step onwards, preview the grid with up to 20 records.

    3. Apply filters to refine data displayed in the grid.

    4. Implement conditional formatting for visual emphasis.

    5. Configure accessibility, restrictions, and save the grid configuration.


    Surf The Wave

    At Surf the Wave tab, users can view and manage their created and shared grids, with the ability to customize them based on their permissions. Additionally, users can publish their grids by following the instructions provided in the "Publish Grid Instructions" button.

    Surf the Wave

    Valorx Grid

    Users can publish their Valorx Grids across various platforms using the Lightning App Builder. This allows other users to access and interact with these grids seamlessly.


    Valorx Related Grid

    User can Publish their related grid only in record page with Valorx Related Grid using the Lightning App Builder. Other users can see these grids.

    Enhanced Grid Action Parameters

    This enhancement improves how Grid Actions receive and process parameters during runtime. Designers now have clearer control over when actions should run, what data is passed, and how buttons behave based on record selection.

    Key Improvements

    • Flexible Parameters: Supports Constant, Dynamic Field, Session, Selected Records/Ids, and All Records/Ids (with Always Enabled).

    • Intelligent Button Behavior: Buttons enable or disable based on record selection and Always Enabled settings, with clear tooltips when a selection is required.

    • Runtime Handling: Selected records or all records (up to 500) are passed according to the configuration. Record Ids behave the same as Records.

    These changes make Grid Actions more predictable and easier for runtime users to interact with.

    Enhanced Grid Action Parameter

    Refresh Options for Row & Grid Actions

    We’ve enhanced Grid and Row actions by giving users more control over how grids refresh after an action, ensuring the data displayed is always up to date.

    Key Improvements

    Grid Action Refresh Options Choose how the grid should refresh after a grid action runs:

    • Always Refresh Selected Rows

    • Refresh Selected Rows on Success

    • Always Refresh Grid

    • Refresh Grid on Success

    • Do Not Refresh

    Grid Action Refresh Options

    Row Action Refresh Options Set the refresh behavior for row-level actions:

    • Always Refresh

    • Refresh on Success

    • Do Not Refresh

    Row Action Refresh Options

    Note: “Always Refresh Grid” and “Always Refresh Selected Rows” won’t work for Aura or LWC until those component's code are updated. We still support these options for success-only refreshes with older code, but this support may be deprecated in the future.

    These options allow more precise control over grid behavior, helping maintain accurate and up-to-date information without unnecessary reloads.

    New Control for Grid Action Button State

    You now have more flexibility when configuring Grid Actions in Wave Grid.

    Key Improvements

    1. Button State Toggle: A new checkbox—“Button stays enabled even with no record selection”—lets you decide how the action button behaves at runtime.

    • Default (unchecked): Button is disabled until one or more records are selected.

    • Checked: Button stays enabled even when no records are selected.

    1. New Variable Parameters: When the button is enabled without record selection, two additional parameters become available: All Records and All Record Ids.

    These updates provide more control over action execution and improve flexibility for runtime users.

    Always Enabled button is unchecked
    Always Enabled button is checked
    Access the Experience Cloud Editor
    • Ensure your Community Portal is set up.

    • Navigate to All Sites and select your community site.

    • Click Builder to open the Experience Cloud editor.

    Access the Experience Cloud Editor
    2

    Add the Valorx Grid Component

    • In the Components section, locate Valorx Grid.

    • Drag and drop the Valorx Grid component onto the page layout.

    • Select the Grid Name from the dropdown menu to load the grid.

    3

    Preview and Publish

    • Click Preview (top-right corner) to check the grid’s appearance.

    • Once confirmed, click Publish to make changes live.

    • Log in as a Community User to confirm the Valorx Grid is visible.

    Your Valorx Grid is now successfully embedded in the Community Portal!

    Valorx Related Grid

    1

    Add the Valorx Related Grid Component in the Object Page

    • In the Components section, locate Valorx Related Grid.

    • Drag and drop the Valorx Related Grid component onto the page layout.

    • In Valorx Related Grid settings:

      • Select Grid Name.

      • Enter Relationship Name.

      • Set Height.

    2

    Preview and Publish

    • Click Preview (top-right corner) to check the grid’s appearance.

    Your Valorx Related Grid is now successfully embedded in the Community Portal!


    Experience Cloud Sharing Settings Configuration

    Overview

    Experience Cloud users (partners or external users) may not be able to access or view grids, matrices, or related configuration data unless specific Salesforce objects are granted the correct external sharing access.

    To ensure proper data visibility, the Default External Access setting for several Valorx-related objects must be configured as Public Read/Write under Organization-Wide Defaults.

    By default, some Salesforce orgs restrict external access to internal data models. If Default External Access is set to Private or Public Read Only, Experience Cloud users will not see grid data, resulting in blank views or missing content.

    Required Configuration

    Object
    Default External Access
    Available From Version

    Access Control

    Public Read/Write

    –

    Actions

    Public Read/Write

    –

    Feature Usage Log

    Public Read/Write

    v16

    Logger

    Public Read/Write

    Note: Some objects were introduced in later versions (e.g., Matrix Grid in v15, Logger, Feature Usage Log, Usage Log, and VxConfig in v16). Confirm object availability in your org before updating.

    Steps to Update Sharing Settings

    1. Navigate to Setup in Salesforce.

    2. Search for and open Sharing Settings.

    3. Click Edit under Organization-Wide Defaults.

    4. Locate the listed objects under the Default External Access column.

    5. Set the access level to Public Read/Write for each.

    6. Click Save.

    Sharing Settings
    ➕ What's New?

    Grid Actions

    Designers can now configure Grid Actions, allowing users to trigger Flows, Aura Components, or LWCs at the grid level.

    • Appears as a new "Grid Actions" tab after Row Actions in Grid Wizard.

    • Designed for multi-record operations using Selected Records or Selected Record IDs.

    • Displays a Toast Message on successful execution.

    Learn more about Grid Actions.

    Update multiple records using Grid Action in Surf the Wave

    Sort Configuration in Grid Wizard

    We’ve enhanced the Grid Wizard to support predefined sorting configuration during grid setup.

    • Designer Role: Designers can now define up to 5 sorting conditions while configuring a grid.

    • Runtime Sorting Still Available: This complements the existing runtime sorting feature, giving users more control both during setup and while using the grid.

    Sort

    Support Permission Sets in Grid Wizard

    Grids can now be assigned to Salesforce Permission Sets during grid configuration.

    • Designers can select from available Permission Sets in the org.

    • Streamlines access control for large customers.

    • More admin-friendly — no need to update grids manually as users join/leave.

    🔒 If a user doesn’t belong to the assigned Permission Set, they will see: “You don’t have access to this Wave grid because your permission set doesn’t include it. Please check with your admin if you need access.”

    Manage Grid Access using Permission Sets

    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Grid Controls in Feature Access (Permissions)

    The Permissions section now includes a new Grid Controls area, giving Admins and Designers more control over user capabilities within a grid.

    What's New:

    • Allow Sorting A new permission option to control whether users can sort data in runtime. When disabled, sorting is restricted in the grid UI.

    • Record Controls Added fine-grained options to manage record-level interactions:

      • Allow Adding and Cloning Records

      • Allow Deleting Records

    Learn more about Grid Controls.

    Grid Controls

    These options are grouped under the Grid Controls section within the Permissions tab in the Grid Wizard.

    Access Control for Column Grouping

    Column Grouping is now available directly from the toolbar, making it easier and quicker to group your data. You can now manage grouped views more efficiently from Surf the Wave!

    Display Options: Related List Position

    Designers can now choose how related lists appear in the grid. A new toggle lets you switch between Hierarchical Grid and Right Panel Grid, making it easier to customize layouts.

    Learn more about Related List Position.

    Related List

    🐛Bug Fixes

    In this release, we have addressed several issues to improve user experience and functionality.

    • FLS-Restricted Fields Displayed Instead of Removed

      Resolved a bug where fields that users couldn’t access due to Field-Level Security (FLS) were still shown in the grid with a lock icon. These fields are now completely removed from the grid for users.

    • Date Time Discrepancy After Time Zone Change Corrected a mismatch between the Date Time cell and the date picker when the user changed their Salesforce time zone.

    • Conditional Formatting on Boolean Fields Fixed an issue where conditional formatting did not apply to checkbox (Boolean) fields when using TRUE/FALSE conditions.

    • Conditional Formatting on L2 Related Boolean Fields Resolved a bug where Boolean fields in L2 related records failed to apply conditional formatting if the lookup field was empty.

    • Dependent Picklist Dropdown Visibility Fixed a UI issue where the dependent picklist dropdown required a double-click or cell switch to appear. It now displays correctly on mouseover.

    • Dependent Picklist Not Loading Values Corrected a bug where dependent picklist values did not load if the parent field was outside the visible viewport. Values now load regardless of scroll position.


    📣 Announcement

    Auto Update

    We’re introducing Auto Update for the Wave Managed Package — We will be keeping your environments aligned with the latest Valorx updates. In the upcoming weeks, we’ll begin automatically upgrading out-of-date environments to ensure better consistency, stability, and feature availability.

    • Sandbox Orgs that are more than 2 months behind the latest release will be automatically updated to the last stable release (typically current minus one release).

    • Production Orgs that are more than 3 months behind will be scheduled for automatic updates. Please note: we may not be able to provide support for Production Orgs that are significantly out of date and not aligned with the update policy.

    This process ensures that all environments benefit from the latest stability fixes, performance improvements, and critical patches—while taking advantage of the latest innovations being pushed out to your favorite Salesforce Grid

    Try Matrix with a 30-Day Free Trial

    Getting started with Matrix has never been easier. You can explore the full power of Matrix with a free 30-day trial before committing to a license.

    Here’s how to begin:

    • Go to the Matrix section.

    • Click Start Matrix Trial.

    • Enjoy 30 days of full access to all Matrix features.

    At the end of your trial, any Matrix you’ve created will be locked until a license is purchased. To keep your dashboard clean and relevant, these locked Matrix items will be automatically removed after 90 days. This ensures you always have a streamlined view of the most important and active items.

    Ready to Continue with Matrix? When your 30-day trial ends, upgrading is simple. To continue using Matrix, you’ll need:

    • Wave Pro License – If you don’t already have one, start here.

    • Matrix License Add-On – Once you have Wave Pro, you can purchase Matrix licenses to unlock full access.

    For pricing and purchase:

    • 💳 Review available plans on our Matrix Pricing Page.

    • 📝 Complete the Let’s Connect Form to reach our sales team and get started.

    This two-step process ensures you have the right foundation with Wave Pro before adding the power of Matrix — making your upgrade smooth and hassle-free.

    Matrix 30 days free trial

    Improved Keyboard Navigation in Grids

    The Enter key now works seamlessly with Date and Picklist fields. After updating a cell value, you can simply press Enter to confirm the change and move to the next cell.

    This enhancement streamlines data entry and makes working in grids faster and more efficient, particularly for users who rely on keyboard navigation.

    Improved keyboard navigation in grids

    Rules for Row Actions in Display Options

    We’ve made Row Actions smarter. The old conditional formatting option has been replaced with flexible Rule in Display Options. Designers can now define rules to decide when certain Row Actions are shown, giving users a cleaner experience where only relevant actions appear.

    Find out more about Rule here .

    Rule for Row Actions

    Seamless Grid View Across Tabs

    No more losing your grid when switching tabs. The Surf the Wave tab now remembers your last selected list grid, so when you come back from another Salesforce tab, you pick up exactly where you left off. This enhancement makes navigating large datasets and cross-referencing records more efficient and frustration-free.

    Seamless Grid View Across Tabs

    Extended Improvements from Wave Browser Extension v43 🎉

    In addition to the new features introduced in Wave Embedded v16, we’ve also extended several powerful enhancements from Wave Browser Extension v43. This ensures a unified experience for users working across both platforms. These include:

    • Dynamic Rules

    • Legends in Toolbar

    • Floating Summary for Selected Numeric Cells

    • Matrix Runtime & Configuration Enhancements

    For full details on these improvements, see the Wave Browser Extension v43 Release Notes.

    Wave Embedded v16 with smarter actions, seamless navigation, and easier ways to explore Matrix, all designed to help you work with greater confidence and efficiency.


    Wave Embedded v16.1 – Hotfix

    This hotfix focuses on improving the overall stability and user experience of Wave Embedded. Several key issues have been resolved to ensure smoother navigation, consistent behavior, and a more reliable interface

    1. Improved Dashboard Loading

    The Wave Dashboard now opens seamlessly within the Dashboard without triggering component errors ensuring a smooth and consistent experience for all users.

    2. Enhanced Lookup Picker Scrolling

    The lookup picker now continues loading additional records as you scroll, providing full access to all available results beyond the recent records list.

    3. Refined Grid Wizard Interface

    The user interface in the Grid Wizard has been optimized. All action buttons are now fully visible and accessible within both the Filters and Display Options sections for easier configuration.

    4. Corrected RowAction Rules in IPC Views

    Rules involving RowActions now apply correctly when creating IPC views. RowActions will display or hide as intended based on configured rules, improving accuracy and consistency in view behavior.


    Wave Embedded v16.2 – Hotfix

    We’ve released a hotfix for Wave Embedded v16.2 to improve the reliability of Lookup Filters and Field-Level Security (FLS) handling. This updates ensure filters perform as expected and field permissions are managed accurately across all views.

    1. Improved Lookup Filter Behavior in IPC

    Lookup filters now function seamlessly when an IPC (Internal Personal Copy) is created, even without performing a Sync Lookup Filter by the Designer. This improvement ensures a smoother experience and consistent filter performance across Global and IPC environments.

    2. Related Fields Removed When Any Field in Filter or Sorting Lacked Permission

    When related fields are included in filters or sorting, Wave Embedded now accurately handles field permissions. If a specific field lacks permission in the grid, only that field is removed while other related fields remain visible and accessible. This improvement provides better stability and a more predictable grid experience.


    Thanks for continuing to share your feedback — it helps us make Wave better with every release. If you have any questions, our team is here to help!

    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Home (Dashboard)

    The Wave Dashboard has undergone a significant redesign, coming with a completely fresh look and feel. It is now called as Home. It is as shown in the image below:

    Wave Home
    1. Left Panel: The Left Panel showcases menus such as Home, Views, Reports, Import, Invite, and Feedback.

    2. Views Selection:

    Utilizing this, users can select the desired Salesforce Object and access a comprehensive list of all the Salesforce Views and Custom Views associated with that Object. Recent Views section shows the views that are opened recently by the user. In case of a new user, it will show the views that the user has opened recently in Salesforce.

    They can select their preferred View, opening it in the Wave Grid View screen. Additionally, users have the capability to create a new View directly from this section.

    1. Feature Spotlight: This section on the bottom of the home screen offers a brief overview and allows instant access for utilizing Smart Import, Editable Salesforce Reports, and Inviting the team members to Wave.

    2. The Home screen also presents a concise video clip offering insights into the essential features in Wave and how it can boost their productivity.

    Views

    Views in the Left Panel displays the Salesforce Object Views in a spreadsheet-like format.

    The Views screen also gets open when users click on any Object's Standard or Custom View from Home or any Mapped Report View from Reports.

    Views screen

    Users can click the 'open sidebar' button on the Views screen to open the sidebar.

    open sidebar

    The sidebar displays favorite views, recent views, and shared views.

    Sidebar

    Reports

    The Reports section enables the users to see the list of all Salesforce Reports and map the desired Reports with Valorx Wave to see them in the Wave Grid View screen.

    Reports screen
    • The top section of the Reports screen shows the list of the Salesforce reports of the user, along with reports that are already mapped.

    • A brief video illustrates how to edit Salesforce reports using Wave.

    • Insights shows key highlights such as the number of reports mapped.

    Note:

    Wave currently only supports mapping 'Single Object Tabular Salesforce Reports'.

    Import

    The Smart Import feature facilitates importing records from Excel sheets, map them to their respective fields, and save them in Salesforce.

    Import screen
    • Recent Imports shows the import operations recently performed, along with the details related to the Object names and number of records imported.

    • A brief video illustrates how to use Smart Import.

    • Insights section presents key highlights regarding Import operations such as the total number of records updated along with the average number of records updated per file, and also the information about the most preferred Object for import.

    Invite

    Users can now directly extend invitations to their team members on Wave using Invite in Left Panel.

    Clicking Invite opens the pop-up screen for inviting colleagues to Valorx Wave.

    Invite

    Feedback

    This enables users to submit feedback and rate the product as per their experience. It redirects the user to the Feedback tab in Settings.

    Report Views

    We have recently implemented significant improvements to the Report mapping logic in Wave, aimed at enhancing its overall efficiency and performance. To ensure that the users can take full advantage of these enhancements, they will be asked to 'Sync with Report' at the time of opening any report that has been already mapped.

    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • The issue of users encountering an error when attempting to map Salesforce reports that include certain relative date literals in filters has been resolved. Wave now allows the mapping of even those reports that contain relative date literals unsupported by Wave Filters. Users will receive a notification about the specific date literals that were not mapped during the process.

    • When users import records into Wave and select the "After successful Import Save as Wave View" checkbox, a View containing the imported records now gets successfully created.

    ➕ What's New?

    Auto Refresh on Successful Record Save

    We’re excited to introduce a new Auto Refresh feature for Wave Embedded, enabling grid designers to configure row-level refresh behavior for optimized performance after saving records.

    Auto-Refresh Configuration

    A new "Refresh on Save" checkbox has been added, allowing automatic refresh after a successful record save. This option is available under Access Control or in the Permissions section while creating or editing a grid.

    By default, this checkbox is enabled.

    Refresh on Save under Access Control

    Enhanced Field Support

    • Previously, only formula fields were auto-refreshed for saved rows. This feature now extends support to all fields in the row.

    • When the Auto Refresh option is enabled, the entire row is refreshed after a successful save, not just the formula fields.

    After saving, all fields of the successfully saved rows will be refreshed automatically.

    Auto Refresh Records After Save

    Notes: The current default behavior of refreshing only formula fields remains unchanged, unless the Auto Refresh option is enabled.

    This new feature empowers grid designers with greater flexibility, ensuring improved performance and a smoother user experience when managing grid records.

    Valorx Grid and Related Grid in Screen Flow

    Valorx Grid and Related Grid can now be embedded within Salesforce Screen Flows, allowing users to interact with grids seamlessly as part of their flow process. Previously, these grids were not supported within Screen Flows. With this feature, users can now:

    • View and edit grid data directly within a Screen Flow.

    • Interact with Related Grids without leaving the flow.

    • Streamline data management by integrating Valorx Grids into automated business processes.

    Embedded Related Grid Flow Screen

    This feature improves workflow efficiency by enabling seamless grid access within Screen Flows.

    Sorting

    Users can now sort data within the grid for better organization and efficiency. This feature allows sorting columns in ascending or descending order, making it easier to analyze and manage records. Sorting is available across all grids, ensuring a seamless experience when working with large datasets.

    Note: Grid Sorting is only available in Runtime and not in Grid Wizard while configuring the grid.

    Grid Sorting

    Callback Event for Row Action Completion

    This release introduces a Callback Event for Row Action Completion in Wave Embedded. This feature allows users to define custom functions for handling component action completions, enhancing flexibility and user experience.

    • Customizable Callback Functions: Users can configure their own callback functions to handle the completion of component actions.

    • Improved Modal Management: Leveraging overlayLib, the component displays in a modal popup for seamless interaction.

    • Communication Mechanism: Instead of relying on Component or Application Events, we have implemented Message Channels to enable cross-namespace communication.

    Find out more about the Callback Event for Row Action Completion here.

    This feature enables seamless cross-namespace communication, ensuring compatibility with subscriber orgs. It provides a flexible and customizable solution for handling Row Action completions while streamlining modal popup management for a more user-friendly experience.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Updated Wave Embedded Dashboard Design

    The Wave Embedded Dashboard now features an updated design with improved aesthetics and usability.

    • Animations and Transitions: Subtle animations and transitions have been added to enhance the user experience, ensuring smoother navigation and interactions.

    • Clean and Modern Look: The updated design offers a polished, streamlined appearance for both Designer and Standard roles.

    Designer Dashboard
    Standard User Dashboard

    This enhancement delivers a visually appealing and intuitive dashboard experience, making it easier for users to interact with their data.

    Auto-Assign Valorx Wave User Access for First-Time Users

    This enhancement simplifies onboarding for first-time users by automatically assigning appropriate roles based on the user’s environment and permissions. Below are the updates for Sandbox and Production environments:

    Sandbox Environment: If a user’s "Valorx Wave User Access" picklist is blank, the system will assign the Designer role when they access any Wave tab (Dashboard, Grid Wizard, or Surf the Wave), provided the role assignment is allowed.

    Production Environment: If a user’s "Valorx Wave User Access" picklist is blank, the system will assign the Standard role upon accessing any Wave tab.

    Valorx Wave User Access for First Time User (Standard)

    This feature reduces manual setup, ensures users receive the appropriate role automatically, and enhances the onboarding process with clear, friendly messages tailored to their environment and grid availability.


    🐛Bug Fixes

    In this release, we have addressed several issues to improve user experience and functionality.

    • Resolved Issue with Special Characters in Picklist Fields Fixed an issue where special characters in picklist values were not handled correctly. Picklist values now display without errors, ensuring accurate representation of all characters.

    • Fixed Mass Modifier for Date Time Fields Resolved an issue where Date Time fields were not updating correctly via the mass modifier. Now, when you update these fields, the changes apply as expected.

    Enhancements Details

    1. Enhancements in the Grid View screen

    Considering the user's ease, we have made three enhancements to the Grid View screen.

    1. We have released a new feature: Double Click the Drag Icon to copy records in the column cells. This feature makes copying record values in Valorx Wave as swift as Excel and Google spreadsheets.

    When the user clicks on any cell, the Drag icon appears.

    The Drag Icon in the Grid View Screen

    The user can double click the Drag icon to copy the record values in the column cells.

    • If all column cells are empty, the record value of the selected cell will be copied to them.

    • If values exist in a few cells, the Fill Option message will appear, as shown in the image below. The user can choose the fill options as per requirements.

    The Fill Options Message

    This feature will not be available to the Boolean fields (The fields with the checkbox or tick mark).

    1. There are two enhancements in the View Selection drop-down list.

    1. The four sections (My Views, Shared Views, Salesforce Views, and Report Views) in the View Selection drop-down list are collapsible now. This will give the user more organized eyeshot of their Views.

    2. The Create new view text link is replaced with the Create new view icon and placed at the top right in the drop-down list.

    1. Now the user can choose how many records they want to load in a single scroll.

    When the user hovers over Record Counts on the bottom left side of the screen, it will expand and show the count options. The user can select any option or click on the Edit icon to enter any desired number.

    2. Enhancement in the Report Mapping Feature

    If any changes are made to the Salesforce Report after mapping it with Valorx Wave Mapped Report View, the Update your Salesforce Report Mapping message will appear when the user opens the Mapped Report View.

    The Update your Salesforce Report Mapping Message

    3. Enhancements in the Settings screen

    The Advanced section in the Settings is redesigned.

    The New Design of the Advanced Section in the Settings Screen

    Bug Fixes

    • The payment workflow works accurately.

    • Wave usage logs are captured consistently.

    • User deactivation works properly.

    . The new Subscription plans are a reflection of this vision. The revamped Settings screen and Payment workflow would make it easy to administer those plans.

    User Roles:

    The Payment and Subscription Management processes will be handled using the user roles Admin User and Standard User.

    Admin User: When a user is the first to install Valorx Wave and connect Salesforce Org to Valorx Wave, the user automatically becomes an admin user for that Org with a Free subscription. - The admin user can add and manage other team members (users), purchase/upgrade Valorx Wave Subscriptions, and assign licenses to the other users.

    Standard User: Valorx Wave denotes the non-admin users as Standard users. The Standard User needs to contact the admin user if they need to purchase or upgrade their Wave Subscription.

    Enhancement Details

    1. New Subscription plans are announced.

    There are three Subscription plans now: Free, Standard, and Professional.

    The Valorx Wave Subscription plans - A Free subscription is a default
    • A new user will automatically get a Free subscription, including access to major Valorx Wave features.

    • The admin user can purchase/upgrade their Valorx Wave Subscription through the secure payment gateway system available in the Valorx Wave's Settings screen.

    2. The Settings screen is revamped for better user experience.

    The new Settings screen makes User Management and Subscription Management processes easy. It has four sections: General, Team Members, Subscriptions, and Advanced.

    General: The General section shows the user's basic details like Name, Email ID, Company Name, and Salesforce Org details.

    Team Members: The Team Members section is for the User Management related activities such as adding and deactivating the user, sharing the Admin right to a user, and assigning or revoking a Valorx Wave license.

    Subscription: The Subscription section is for the Subscription Management related activities such as purchasing a Valorx Wave Subscriptions and managing the subscriptions using the four tabs with editable information: Overview, Invoices, Billing Information, and Payment Methods.

    Advanced: The Advanced section enables the user to perform advanced-level actions such as refreshing metadata, clearing storage, setting the size (number) of records they want to view per page, setting the size of row grouping per view, and viewing Logs.

    The admin user with Free, Standard, or Professional subscription can perform the following actions from the Settings screen:

    • Purchase a Valorx Wave Subscription

    • Add other team members (users)

    • Add and Deactivate the users

    • Share the Admin right with the other users

    The admin user with a Standard or Professional subscription can perform the following additional actions from the Settings screen:

    • Upgrade Valorx Wave Subscription

    • Assign and revoke Valorx Wave licenses to the other team member (user)

    3. Payment workflow completed using a secure Payment Gateway

    The Payment workflow will initiate when the admin user clicks Upgrade from Dashboard, User Profile, or Subscriptions in the Settings screen.

    When the admin user and clicks on the Upgrade link, the Wave Subscription Plans screen will appear.

    Wave Subscription Plans

    In the Wave Subscription Plans screen, the admin user can:

    1. Compare the Subscription plans. Hovering on a feature's name will show more information about the feature where applicable.

    2. Click Buy Now to purchase the plan.

    Clicking on Buy Now, the Payment Details screen will open.

    The Payment Details Screen

    The Payment Details screen shows the following fields/sections:

    Billing Period: The billing period is yearly by default

    Paid Seats: The admin user enters the number of licenses they want to buy

    Work email: The admin user enters their work email

    Payment Details: The admin user enters the card information

    Order Summary: The admin user reviews the Order

    Review Order: The admin user clicks it to process the order

    The success message will appear once the payment is successful.

    In case of errors such as invalid card details, incomplete information, or payment failure, the screen will show the respective error message. The admin user can read the instructions and resolve the error.


    Bug Fixes

    • Mass Modifier related fixes:

    -> Mass Modifier works error-free with the records imported using Smart Import.

    -> Mass Modifier now saves the changes made for the Boolean fields.

    • Switching the View when editing the records in the Grid View screen works accurately.

    • Now records don't disappear when adding a new row and saving it in the Related List field.

    • Multiple open lookup overlays don't overspread each other now.

    • The user can customize the colors in Color Bar when applying the Conditional Formatting.

    • The Filter and Condition features will show the error message if the user has left the mandatory fields incomplete when using them.

    Smart Import can be accessed from Floating tips within Salesforce, accessing the Insight section of the dashboard, or clicking on the smart import button located in the left bar. When you choose any of these options to access this feature, you will be directed to the Import Screen.

    Floating tips in Salesforce
    Dashboard - Insights
    Wave - Favorite views

    The Smart Import process involves three sequential stages:

    1. Import Window: The Import window offers users the choice to either select a file or use drag-and-drop functionality. After selecting the Excel or CSV file, you can then choose a relevant object to map with and select the desired operation. You have the flexibility to choose multiple operations at once. When executing the "Update" operation, it's important to ensure that the "Record ID" is properly mapped. For the "Upsert" operation, you should map the "External ID"; failing to do so might result in an unsuccessful import.

    2. Match Window: In the Match Window, once you arrive at this screen, most of the fields will be automatically mapped. For those that are not mapped automatically, you have the option to manually map them. Even lookup fields can be mapped by simply clicking on a checkbox and you will be shown two options to avoid duplications of values.

    3. Settings Window: The Settings window is split into two sections. The initial section provides information about imported file specifics, such as mapping name, object name, record count, mapped fields, and the chosen operation. The subsequent section presents customization choices, including validating lookups, save views to wave, and halting the import process in case of errors. Either you can preview and import the file or directly import the file.

    Once you have successfully mapped the fields, you will land on a grid where you will encounter an "Import Status" Floaty on the right side. This Floaty will provide information about the file, including the mapped fields, the number of records, success messages, error messages, and the object name. The "Fields Mapped" section is hyperlinked to the mapping window. Any error encountered during a successful import will be displayed in the messages section.

    A Custom View will be created once the data is successfully imported.

    Reports

    Introducing Editable Salesforce Reports in Wave! For the first time, these reports are now instantly editable, collaborative, and incredibly useful. This feature is accessible from the Salesforce wave Floaty as well as from the Wave dashboard. By clicking the "Report" button, you can access a list of Salesforce reports.

    Hover over a report to reveal the "Map This Report" button. Click it to open the mapping window. Transferring tabular reports with single objects to Wave is now effortless – just a click creates a report view for exploration and collaboration.

    Upon clicking the report, the mapping window appears. Automatically mapped fields are shown in a toast message when you select the object in the picker. For unmapped fields, manual mapping is available.

    Once the report is mapped, a success message appears, indicating the count of mapped fields, and a view is created. Clicking "Open the Report" opens the view.

    Now, this report view can be accessed and updated as many times as needed.

    Bug Fixes

    • Users encountered an issue where details were disappearing after updating personal information on the Settings screen. Valid standard users can now access the dashboard without any issues.

    • Users no longer face issues with Floaty and they will be redirected to the correct record when they open records in Salesforce.

    • Home and Settings icons are now visible in Floaty inside Salesforce.

    • We fixed a problem in the Custom View. Previously, when you pinned or unpinned a related list, the page would refresh on its own and change to the Standard View.

    • Addressed an issue where the removal of a field was unintentionally leading to the removal of another field that had conditional formatting applied to it.

    Backup and Restore Your Grids and Matrices

    You can now back up and restore your Grids and Matrices directly in the Wave Browser Extension making it easy to save your work, restore previous versions, or move grid or matrix details between orgs.

    Backup and Restore

    Where to Access:

    • Backup: From the Meatball menu (⋯) on any Grid or Matrix or Under Settings → Backup & Restore

    • Restore: Under Settings → Backup & Restore

    Backup

    You can download a secure .wave file containing all details of your Grid or Matrix. Multiple backups are downloaded together as a .zip file.

    What’s Included:

    • All grid and matrix details — fields, filters, rules, sorting, grouping, layouts, and related lists

    File Details:

    • Each backup is saved as an encrypted .wave file

    • Multiple backups are downloaded as a .zip

    • File names follow this format: GridName - 22-Oct-2025 2.43.37 PM.wave

    Restore

    Restore lets you bring back your saved grid or matrix details or move them across orgs with ease.

    How Restore Works

    • Upload one or more .wave files, or a .zip containing multiple .wave files

    • The system validates file type, encryption, schema, and version compatibility automatically

    Handling Duplicates If an item already exists, choose to:

    • Create New Copy – import with a copy suffix

    • Overwrite – replace the existing grid or matrix details

    • Skip – ignore and continue

    Restore Experience

    • A progress bar shows restore status

    • A final summary confirms all restored Grids and Matrices

    • Cancel options are disabled to ensure a clean and complete restore

    Find out more about Backup & Restore here.

    Backup and Restore Grids

    New Enhancements ✨

    Matrix & Grid Column and Row Totals – Design Update

    We’ve improved the design and functionality of Column and Row Totals in Grids and Matrices to make runtime calculations and data access faster and more intuitive. User preferences are now captured as IPC for a personalized experience.

    Key Improvements

    • Flexible Functions: The default function is Sum, but you can quickly switch between Sum, Avg, Min, and Max while working in the grid.

    • Interactive Design: Totals are displayed as icons. Hover over an icon to view the function name and change it on the spot. Click a total value to copy it to the clipboard, and numbers hidden under an ellipsis are easily revealed via tooltip.

    This update makes it simpler to view, manage, and use totals without leaving the grid, improving both efficiency and clarity.

    Matrix & Grid Column and Row Totals

    Bar and Dot Size Improvements

    We’ve fine-tuned the bar and dot sizes in Cell Highlight and Row Highlight to ensure a cleaner, more balanced appearance. These visual updates make highlighted cells and rows easier to distinguish without feeling cluttered.

    Bar and Dot Size Improvement

    Lookup Chip UI Enhancements

    Lookup chips now appear only when you hover over them, creating a simpler and more focused grid view. In addition, read-only lookups now display in a distinct color, helping users quickly recognize non-editable values.

    Lookup Chip UI Enhancements

    Formula Field – Enhanced Compatibility

    We’ve strengthened Formula Fields to make them far more capable and consistent throughout the Grid experience. The following improvements give users more flexibility and power at runtime:

    1. Formula Fields in Rules Formula Fields can now be used directly in Rules. They appear in the field list just like any standard field, making it easier to build logic using your calculated values.

      Formula Fields in Rules

    2. Aggregated Totals for Formula Fields Totals at the bottom of the grid—Sum, Max, Min, and Average—now support Formula Fields as well. Users can view and adjust these aggregated values just as they would with numeric fields.

      Aggregated Totals for Formula Fields

    3. Contextual Filters Support You can now apply contextual filters directly from Formula Field column headers for quicker, more precise filtering.

    4. Support for L2 - L5 Related Fields Formula Fields now support L2 through L5 related fields, giving users greater flexibility when building formulas that reference deeper object relationships.


    Bug Fixes 🐞

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    • Related fields now behave correctly with FLS changes. Only the field with removed FLS permission is hidden. Other related fields stay exactly where they should.

    • Improved Floating Summary order. The summary now follows a clearer sequence: Sum → Count → Average.

    • Accurate totals after filtering. Group aggregates and the floating auto summary now match perfectly when using contextual header filters.

    • Record type–filtered picklists update instantly. Picklist values now refresh right away when adding or removing the Record Type field, and they correctly show only filtered values.

    • Better copy-paste across all major data types. Copy-paste issues have been fixed for picklist, checkbox, multi-picklist, number, currency, date, time, datetime, percent, combobox, and record type.

    • Recent lookup values now update correctly. The Recent Users section in the Lookup overlay now refreshes automatically and always shows your most recently selected or accessed lookup records.

    • Default Values Now Applied for Null or Undefined Fields Default values are now applied correctly for null or undefined fields. Formulas run smoothly even when data is missing, ensuring consistent evaluation without errors.


    Wave Browser Extension v46 continues our focus on reliability and ease of use, giving you tools that keep your data secure and your workflows seamless. Stay tuned for more updates as we keep enhancing your Wave experience.

    ➕ What's New?

    Smart Import

    Wave now includes an amazing Smart Import feature, enabling users to avoid data duplication when importing their desired Object Views in either Excel or CSV file formats.

    To import data from any View, users need to click on the "Import" button. Next, click "Continue" to upload the file in either Excel or CSV format.

    Import data

    After successfully importing and mapping the data, users can apply actions on the imported data, including ignoring duplicates found, overwriting when exactly one match is found, overwriting with the oldest or newest data, or choosing not to overwrite incoming blank values.

    Apply action to import data

    Below is the list of the meanings or descriptions of different actions taken on imported data.

    • Ignore duplication found: If duplicates are identified during import, they are ignored and not added to the database or updated in existing records.

    • Overwrite when exactly 1 match found: If there is exactly one existing record that matches the imported data, it will be overwritten with the new data.

    • Overwrite by oldest: If multiple matching records are found, the oldest record (based on creation or modification date) will be overwritten with the new data.

    • Overwrite by newest: If multiple matching records are found, the newest record (based on creation or modification date) will be overwritten with the new data.

    • Don't overwrite incoming blank values: Existing data will not be overwritten with blank values from the imported data. Only non-blank values will be updated.

    Autofill Patterns

    Introducing our new Autofill Patterns feature, designed to help you efficiently increment cell values like Excel’s fill handle. Now, swiftly populate adjacent cells with sequential values and increments, enhancing productivity seamlessly.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • Fixed the issue where filter condition values were displaying incorrectly when duplicating filters. Now, the values will display accurately when filters are duplicated.

    • Resolved the issue where unmapped reports were not opening after any report gave an error while mapping. Users should now be able to access all unmapped reports regardless of individual report mapping errors.

    • Fixed the issue where users received the wrong email template after a view was shared. The correct email template is now shown.

    • Resolved the error where users encountered an invalid cross-reference ID when trying to insert records using Smart Import.

    • Toolbar component indicators were not showing immediately in Standard view after redirecting from the Dashboard. This issue has been resolved, and indicators now display correctly.

    • Addressed the broken UI issue in the Field Picker. The UI now displays as expected.

    • Fixed the issue where Smart Import conditions were not working when the Excel file contained blank cells. The file should now import correctly, adhering to specified conditions.

    • Resolved the design issue related to saving record selections based on the parent object.

    • The 'Reset to default' functionality in Matrix filters was not working. This has been fixed, and filters now reset to default as expected.

    • Fixed the issue where settings configurations in Matrix design mode were not remembered. Configurations should now persist and not reset to default.

    • Resolved the "Out of memory" issue in Edge that prevented users from using Wave.

    • Fixed the issue where DDV was not opening when a 2x2 matrix was configured with picklist values. Users should now be able to view DDV correctly.

    • Addressed the screen freezing issue in Case when there were numerous child-related object lists.

    • Resolved the inconsistency in adding multiple records when the grouping feature is enabled. All records should now be added within a single group.

    • Fixed the issue where DDV was not displaying the view on click of the DDV cell.

    • Corrected the issue where data was not shown on the detail view page in Matrix.

    • Resolved the issue where users could not select period lookup fields in Advanced Account Forecast Fact due to a related object missing the name field.

    • Fixed the issue where the loader popup was not displaying when users loaded records by providing a custom value.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Filter

    We’re thrilled to unveil our enhanced filtering capabilities, now featuring filters and filter groups! Users can now easily apply filters and create grouped filters for a more streamlined experience.

    Filter and Filter group

    Export Data

    Introducing Wave managed download limits tailored for each subscription tier:

    Free User
    Standard User
    • Free tier users now enjoy a generous monthly limit of 40k downloads.

    • Standard tier subscribers can take advantage of up to 200k downloads per month.

    • Pro tier members benefit from unlimited monthly downloads, unlocking boundless possibilities!

    You can check your download usage by going to Settings and selecting General. Pro users enjoy unlimited monthly downloads, so usage details won't be displayed for them.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • The import screen was not displaying correctly during Smart Import. After clicking "Preview and Import," the imported data and import button would disappear, though the import floaty remained visible. This issue has been resolved. Users can now see the imported data and the import button, allowing smooth data import.

    • Users were unable to create new views using the "Add New" button or by duplicating standard/shared views. This issue has been resolved. Users can now create new custom views without encountering validation errors.

    • Users encountered "one or more validation errors" when adding a related object to a view. Users can now successfully add related objects to views without encountering validation errors.

    • Users were unable to log in with a Valorx account. Now, user can successfully log in with a Valorx account.

    • Users with read-only access to shared views can now create new views using the Field Picker as expected.

    • Field picker header issue fixed. Views now correctly include fields belonging to the selected object.

    • Resolved issue where the color picker in the color bar wasn't visible in the toolbar and header action. Now visible on clicking the color icon.

    • Fixed issue where grid view layout changed when dragging Boolean values horizontally. Now, the Save button appears correctly after making changes in the view.

    • Fixed issue where the field picker was blocked when attempting to open two field pickers simultaneously. Now, the field picker functions correctly.

    • Resolved issue where users encountered an infinite loader when logging in using a different organization after their session expired. Users can now seamlessly access Wave after session expiration.

    • Fixed issue where picklist values were not displayed when changing them on the detailed lookup page. Picklist values now correctly appear on the detailed lookup page for seamless editing.

    • Resolved issue where users encountered a "required field missing" error even after adding a value to the field. Fields now accept values properly without displaying errors erroneously.

    • Addressed issue where multiple loaders appeared in Wave. Now, only one loader displays as expected for improved user experience.

    • Addressed issue where date and date-time data type fields did not display values in the grid, but after exporting records, date and date-time values correctly appeared in Excel and CSV files. Data now aligns consistently between the grid and exported files.

    • Fixed console error encountered while cloning records with date-time data type fields when attempting to export data. The issue no longer occurs, ensuring smoother export operations.

    • Improved user experience while exporting large datasets. Now, after loading all records, users are provided with a proper message during the file conversion to Excel or CSV format. This enhancement prevents confusion when the screen appears unresponsive.

    • Resolved issue where API names were displayed in Excel instead of corresponding values from dependent picklist fields.

    • Fixed issue where the 'Save custom view' popup did not appear after syncing a Report with applied filters. Previously, changes made to filters were saved but required a hard refresh to reset. Now, a popup appears prompting users to create a custom view after applying filters to a Report. This ensures that filters are properly reset upon creating a custom view.

    • Resolved issue where changes reverted on the save button after renaming a view. Changes now properly reflect on the save button after renaming views.

    • Fixed issue where describe call failed and 'Resource does not exist' error appeared after logging into a second org.

    • Resolved issue where cloning did not work for Case and Lead objects when the field was present.

    • Fixed issue where views were not being removed from the recent views sidebar after deletion.

    • Resolved issue where selected picklist values were displaying API names instead of labels in the grid.

    • Resolved continuous loader issue in the field picker. Now the "Create View" button is greyed out appropriately, and the cancel button functions correctly.


    ✨ Wave Embedded v15 Highlights

    Matrix Support in Wave Embedded

    Designers can now configure, preview, and publish Matrix directly within the Embedded experience—bringing powerful, multidimensional grids into Salesforce.

    Find out more about Matrix here.

    Matrix Wizard: Now in Wave Embedded

    Wave Embedded introduces a new Matrix Wizard, modeled after the existing Matrix Configuration in Wave Extension. This allows Designers to:

    • Configure rows, columns, and data values.

    • Preview Matrix data directly within the flow.

    Find out more about Matrix Wizard here.

    Surf the Matrix (Preview Runtime)

    With just one click on “Save & Surf,” you’ll launch a fully interactive Matrix view in a dedicated temporary “Surf the Matrix” tab, where you can:

    • Select your records using the Record Selection window.

    • View the live Matrix runtime exactly as your users would see it.

    This makes testing smooth and clutter-free and you can close it anytime once you're done previewing.

    Find out more about Surf The Matrix here.

    Enhanced Wave Dashboard

    The Wave Dashboard now displays both Grid and Matrix configurations. Key visual improvements:

    • Each published item on the Wave Dashboard now includes a label in the top-right corner—“Grid” for standard Grids and “Matrix” for Matrix—making it easy to visually distinguish between them at a glance.

    Find out more about our new Wave Dashboard here.

    Matrix Assignment & Licensing

    Matrix in Embedded will respect user licensing and assignment rules—just like in the Extension version. Ensure appropriate access is granted through your standard Designer configuration.


    Known Issues in Wave Embedded v15

    We’re continuously working to improve the Wave experience. The following are known issues identified in this release:

    • Sorting fails for certain Boolean fields in grid view Sorting may not function as expected when applied to specific Boolean fields.

    • Ascending sort does not work for specific picklist fields In some grids, ascending sort fails to arrange picklist values correctly.

    • Secondary (2nd order) sorting is not applied correctly When applying multi-column sorting, the secondary sort order may be ignored.

    • “Surf the Matrix” tab shows incorrect object context when switching between matrices If you switch between different matrices, the Surf the Matrix tab may retain the previous object’s context instead of updating to the correct one.

    💡 These issues are under review and will be addressed in future updates. We recommend using caution when relying on multi-level sorting or switching between matrices during the same session.


    Wave Embedded v15 marks a major step forward in aligning the capabilities of our Embedded and Extension platforms. With Matrix now supported, enhanced dashboard visibility, and a seamless design flow via the new Matrix Wizard, you’ll experience more flexibility and control than ever before.

    We can’t wait to see the powerful matrices you’ll build! As always, we’re here for feedback—happy designing! 🎉

    Matrix

    Matrix Overview

    The Matrix feature in Valorx Wave empowers users to connect and display data from multiple Salesforce objects within a single grid. With a familiar, Excel-like interface, users can view and bulk edit data using intuitive grid controls.

    Just like Excel pivot tables, Matrix enables:

    • Dynamic column groupings with one or multiple dimensions

    • Summarization of data at group and sub-group levels

    • Easy exploration of complex datasets in a highly visual layout

    Whether you're analyzing sales performance or reviewing customer data, Matrix brings powerful data visualization and manipulation right into Salesforce—no spreadsheets required.

    Matrix is available in both Wave Extension (browser-based using Chrome or Edge) and Wave Embedded (directly inside Salesforce), offering consistent configuration and runtime experiences with platform-specific navigation.


    Key Capabilities

    Multi-Object Support: Connect and display data from one or more related Salesforce objects.

    • 1-Object Matrix: Forecasting revenue by customer or product.

    • 2-Object Matrix: Sales pipeline scheduling by opportunity and product.

    • 3-Object Matrix: CPQ scenarios, product pricing models, revenue allocation.

    Excel-Like Interface: Use grid tools like filters, sorting, mass editing, and dynamic measures to handle large volumes of Salesforce data with ease.

    Feature Highlights:

    • Inline Editing with real-time sync to Salesforce

    • Conditional Logic and Column Grouping

    • Dynamic Column Grouping and Pivoting

    • Telescoping Rows and Summarization


    Matrix User Roles

    Matrix supports two roles:

    • Designer: Can create, configure, and publish Matrices.

    • Standard User: Can view and interact with published Matrices in runtime.

    • Learn more about roles and permissions [].

    🔐 Field-level visibility and editability are defined at the configuration level and governed by user permissions.


    Platform Availability

    Feature
    Wave Extension (Browser)
    Wave Embedded (Salesforce)

    Visual Guidance by Platform

    To support users in both Wave Browser Extension and Wave Embedded, this section offers clear visual references to key Matrix components. Although both platforms share the same core UI, the access points, workspace behavior, and available features may differ. Each screenshot provided is clearly labeled by platform, with annotations where differences exist.

    Matrix Configuration Screenshots (Wave Browser Extension & Wave Embedded)

    The Matrix Configuration page (also known as the Matrix Wizard) is identical across both platforms in terms of UI structure and layout. However, the method for accessing it varies:

    • Wave Extension Users can simply click Create New Matrix on the main dashboard. This immediately launches the Matrix Wizard—there is no separate Matrix tab.

    • Wave Embedded Users can:

      • Click Add New and select Matrix, or

      • Navigate directly to the Matrix Wizard tab within the Salesforce interface.


    Matrix Runtime Screenshots (Wave Browser Extension & Wave Embedded)

    The Matrix Runtime interface—where users interact with live data—is functionally identical across both platforms: Wave Browser Extension and Wave Embedded.

    There are no visual or functional differences in the Matrix Runtime itself. The only difference lies in how users launch the runtime:

    • Wave Extension: Click Run on the Matrix Card

    • Wave Embedded: Click Surf the Matrix on the Matrix Card

    Note: Both platforms use the same Matrix Configuration and Matrix Runtime components. However, Matrix in Wave Embedded is still evolving. While the configuration and runtime flows are nearly identical to Wave Extension, some advanced features may not yet be available.


    Matrix Launcher / Matrix Screen (Wave Extension Only)

    These features are available only in Wave Extension and are designed to enhance flexibility and quick access within the browser extension experience.

    • Matrix Screen: A dashboard-style screen displaying all saved matrices. From here, users can easily open, edit, duplicate, or delete matrices.

    • Matrix Launcher: A productivity feature that allows users to access matrices directly from Salesforce pages. Clicking the button opens the matrix in Wave Extension, enabling faster workflow launches without navigating through the full interface.


    Explore More

    July 25 Release (v43)

    This Wave release delivers smarter Rules, faster Matrix performance, and a smoother grid experience all around. You can now lock, hide, or highlight fields with flexible rule logic, view instant summaries with the new Auto Summary Bar, and add fields effortlessly right from the column header.

    Matrix performance also gets a boost with faster load times, clear progress messages, and better handling of large datasets — making your workflow more efficient than ever. Find out more below:

    ✨ New Improvements

    Introducing Dynamic Rules

    We’ve made Conditional Formatting more powerful and flexible, and it’s now called Rule. This enhanced feature helps users define clear conditions and actions, apply visual cues, and even attach contextual Legends.

    What’s New:

    • Conditional Formatting for Grid has been rebranded as Rule

    • Rule include actions, priority handling, and optional to explain visual cues

    • A new “Add Rule” button allows users to define:

    Key Rule Enhancements:

    • Action types now include:

      • Cell Format

      • Cell Highlight

      • Row Read Only

    Find out more about Rule .

    Legends in Toolbar

    Legends help users understand why certain visual styles are applied in the grid by showing brief explanations linked to each Rule.

    • You can add a Legend message when creating or editing a Rule.

    • If any active Rules include a legend, a Legend icon will appear in the toolbar.

    • Each message is limited to 50 characters.

    • Legends are displayed visually based on the Rule’s action type — such as bar, dot

    Floating Summary for Selected Numeric Cells

    A floating summary bar now appears in the footer of Grids and Matrices when users select multiple numeric cells.

    • Displays Sum, Average, and Count.

    • Supports standard Salesforce numeric fields.

    • Currency symbols are excluded to avoid misrepresentation.

    • Real-time updates as selection changes.

    Matrix Runtime & Configuration Enhancements

    Minor enhancements have been made to improve the usability and consistency of the Matrix Runtime and Configuration experience:

    • Column Grouping for Y-axis is now available in Matrix Configuration and Matrix toolbar.

    • Layout options (Row Height and Auto Size Columns) is added to the Matrix.

    • Column Freeze apply to the Y-axis only is now available in Matrix Configuration.

    Reset Matrix Option

    Once a user customizes the Matrix and creates their first Inter Personal Copy, a Reset Matrix button will appear under the More Options (⋯) menu.

    Clicking this button restores the Matrix layout to its original default state, removing any personal changes made to the view.

    Improved Add Field Picker Experience

    We’ve improved the experience of adding fields in the Grid by introducing a simplified and cleaner add field picker interface:

    • Hover over a column header to reveal a “+” button. Click it to effortlessly add a new field.

    • The “Add Field” button previously found in the footer has been removed.

    • The “+” icon in the Grid screen has also been removed.


    🐞 Bug Fixes

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    • Related Lists Missing in IPC Created from Global Grid Resolved an issue where related lists did not appear in the Inter Personal Copy (IPC) view when created from a Global Grid. IPCs now correctly inherit and display all sections from the Global Grid, including the related list.


    Known Issue in Wave Browser Extension v43

    Date/DateTime Conditions in Rules and Conditional Formatting

    We've identified an issue when using ‘is any of’ or ‘is none of’ conditions on Date or DateTime fields in:

    • Grids (Rules): Wave may freeze or crash after a short time.

    • Matrices (Conditional Formatting in Configuration Matrix Mode): The Matrix fails to render completely after applying the conditional formatting, leaving the user unable to see or interact with the Matrix.

    Workarounds:

    • For Grids: Reload Wave and remove the Date/DateTime field from the Rule.

    • For Matrices: Open the Matrix in Configuration Matrix Mode and delete the Conditional Formatting applied to the Date/DateTime field.

    Recommendation: Avoid using ‘is any of’ or ‘is none of’ conditions on Date/DateTime fields in both Rules (Grid) and Conditional Formatting (Matrix) until this issue is resolved in a future release.


    What This Means for You

    These enhancements bring a more intuitive design flow, greater clarity in both Matrix and Grid, and smarter control over record creation and formatting. Whether you're analyzing data or building grids —everything feels smoother, faster, and more purposeful.

    We can’t wait for you to explore what’s new. As always, if you have any questions or ideas, we’re just a click away. 🚀

    Nov 23 Release (v24)

    📢 Announcing the November Release

    Valorx Wave is ready once again to elevate your efficiency and productivity within the Salesforce environment. This release encompasses essential upgrades and bug fixes, along with a fascinating new feature.

    ✨ What's New?

    Share View

    The all-new Wave comes with the Share View feature which enables the users to share the Standard Views, Custom Views and Mapped Report Views with their fellow team members.

    Users can assign desired view rights to the shared view members such as Can view / Can edit. It also gives the provision to stop sharing any view whenever required, and to remove the access of the shared view from any particular user(s).

    • The Share view can be accessed by clicking the Share icon on the Wave Ribbon after opening the specific view that the user intends to share.

    Click the Share icon on the Wave Ribbon.

    The Manage View pop-up will open. Here the user can change the View Details such as View Name and Description if required.

    Select the appropriate view rights - Can edit / Can view, to be assigned to the member(s).

    User can enter the name or email of the colleague(s) that one wishes to share the view with.

    • The user can see the share details by again clicking the Share icon after sharing the view. One can anytime stop sharing the view using the 'Stop Sharing' button or remove the access of the shared view from any particular user(s) by clicking the 'Delete icon' near any user's name.

    • All the members receive an email notification stating the details of the view shared with them and the link to open it. The shared users can also access the shared view from the Shared Views section on the Left Panel in Wave.


    ➕ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    1. There are now more capabilities available in the Add button on the Grid View screen.

    Users can now perform multiple functions using the Add button. It facilitates entering a single record (new row) in the Grid, Adding Related List(s), and also adding new Object Fields in the view.

    1. The Column Header Actions drop-down UI has been redesigned.

    The drop-down is also shown as highlighted with purple color after performing any column level filters for easier visualization.

    1. Filter in Team Members section of Settings now also provide the option to view Deactivated users.

    1. There's a new appearance for the Search Object bar.

    Clicking the Search Object bar shows five objects that have been recently searched.

    The interface while searching for any particular object also appears in a fresh look.

    1. The Mapped Report View summary floaty has been beautified.

    1. The Valorx Wave logo has been given a fresh coat of paint, and there's a new shade to its appearance. It also reflects in the Valorx Wave Favicon.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • Attachments added with grid records can be properly accessed after refreshing the screen.

    • All Standard salesforce users can now access Wave.

    • The challenge with selecting the date in the filter condition has been fixed.

    • Filters applied in the Salesforce reports are now accurately reflected in their corresponding Wave Mapped Report View.

    Managing Grid Data

    The grid offers an Excel-like experience, providing powerful tools to help you efficiently organize, filter, and update your Salesforce data. Easily refine your view, highlight key records, apply bulk updates, and customize the layout to match your workflow.

    This section covers essential grid features, including:

    • – Update the grid to reflect the latest data.

    • – Quickly find specific records.

    Wave Embedded Installation & Setup

    Wave Embedded brings the power of Valorx Wave directly inside Salesforce, offering a seamless, spreadsheet-like interface without requiring a browser extension. With live data updates and built-in Salesforce integration, Wave Embedded ensures a smooth and efficient data management experience within the platform.

    Follow the setup instructions below to configure Wave Embedded and streamline your Salesforce workflow. 🚀


    1. Installing Wave Embedded

    1

    Matrix Launcher

    Matrix Launcher for Wave Browser Extension

    The Matrix Launcher managed package provides users with a seamless way to launch Matrix from within Salesforce. Matrix is currently offered as a browser extension, and this managed package allows Designers to configure a button and associate the correct Matrix to be launched.

    Note: This managed package is not available on AppExchange and can be downloaded from this .

    Prerequisites

    Ensure that the Valorx Wave extension is installed in your browser.

    September 25 Release (v45)

    We’re excited to share the latest release with you! ✨ This update brings new features, smarter enhancements, and meaningful improvements designed to make your experience smoother and more productive.


    New Features ➕

    January 25 Release (v38)

    📢 Announcing the January Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update to our product, packed with exciting new features, enhancements, update and bug fixes. This release is designed to streamline your workflow and elevate your overall experience, ensuring optimal performance and functionality.


    May 23 Release (v15)

    Announcing Valorx Wave – May 23 Release (V15)

    Valorx Wave is pleased to announce the May release note which has a noticeably better user experience. In this release, we have a new feature with the intention of improving the Sign In user experience and fixing a few issues.

    New Features:

    In this release, we have made significant improvements to our OAuth flow and introduced a new Sign In screen. Upon installing the extension, users will be automatically directed to the new Sign In screen.

    When a condition is true
  • Then perform formatting or interaction actions

  • Row Highlight

  • Support for multiple rules per column, with automatic priority ordering

  • Drag to reorder rules using a built-in handle.

  • If multiple rules apply to the same field Format (Read Only, Hidden) takes precedence over Highlight.

  • ,
    fill
    ,
    read-only,
    or
    hidden formatting
    .
    Legends
    here
    Rule
    Legends
    Matrix Configuration
    Matrix Runtime
    Reset Matrix to default layout
    Add Fields
  • Related List Object gets successfully removed from the Grid View screen after removing the Related List.

  • The functioning of the summary floaty in the Group feature has been improved.

  • The notification to disable the 'Block third-party cookies' option in the browser settings while using Salesforce now opens accurately after logging out from Wave.

  • The count of total licenses available to the user, shown in the General section of Settings, is now updated immediately after purchasing new licenses.

  • Share Icon
    Manage View pop-up
    View Rights
    Select member(s) to share the view
    Stop Sharing and Remove Access functions
    Add Button
    Header Actions drop-down
    Header Actions drop-down highlighted
    Deactivated users option
    Search Object bar - Recent Objects
    Search Object bar
    Mapped Report View summary floaty
    Reset Matrix Option
    Improved Add Field Picker Experience
    Contextual Filters Support
    Formula Fields Support for L2 Related Fields
    Mass Modifier Actions
  • Lookup Support with Sync Filters

  • Custom Column Headers, Styling, and Actions

  • Matrix Configuration

    ✅ Via Create New Matrix button

    ✅ Via Add New → Matrix or Matrix Wizard tab

    Matrix Runtime

    ✅ Yes

    ✅ Yes

    Matrix Home Screen

    ✅ Available

    ❌ Not Available

    Matrix Launcher

    ✅ Available

    here
    Matrix Screen
    Matrix Configuration
    Matrix Runtime
    Matrix Launcher
    Matrix
    2-Object Matrix
    Wave Browser Extension - Create New Matrix
    Wave Embedded - Add New Matrix
    Wave Browser Extension - Runtime
    Wave Embedded - Matrix Runtime
    Matrix Screen - Wave Extension

    ❌ Not Available

    How to find Grid Name
    Before Migrating Grid
    After Migrating Grid

    Enter {!recordId} for RecordId (required – avoids grid load errors).

    Once confirmed, click Publish to make changes live.
  • Log in as a Community User to confirm the Valorx Grid is visible.

  • Preview and Publish

    v16

    Lookup View

    Public Read/Write

    –

    Matrix Grid

    Public Read/Write

    v15

    Related View

    Public Read/Write

    –

    Usage Log

    Public Read/Write

    v16

    Views

    Public Read/Write

    –

    View Configured Location

    Public Read/Write

    –

    Add the Valorx Grid Component
    Preview and Publish
    Add the Valorx Grid Component
    Sort – Arrange data in ascending or descending order.
  • Layout – Customize the grid’s appearance.

  • More Options – Access additional actions.

  • Share – Share – (Deprecated) This feature is no longer supported.


  • Refresh

    The Refresh Button ensures users are always working with the most up-to-date data by reloading the grid and pulling the latest records from Salesforce.

    Refresh grid

    Note: If you attempt to refresh grids with unsaved changes, a Refresh confirmation pop-up will appear, prompting you to either save your changes or proceed without saving.


    Search

    Quickly locate records using the Search field. This feature allows you to search across both the Grids screen and Salesforce.

    1. Enter a keyword in the Search field.

    2. Matching results from Salesforce and grid rows will be displayed.

    3. Click the Close (X) icon to clear the search and return to the full Grid view.

    Search

    Sort

    The Sort feature helps you arrange records in a meaningful order, making it easier to analyze data effectively.

    Applying Sorting

    Follow these steps to sort records:

    1. Click Sort, then click + Add a sort.

    2. Select the column you want to sort from the Column drop-down.

    3. Choose the sorting order from the Order drop-down.

    The grid updates instantly, displaying records based on your sorting selection.

    Sorting Order Options

    Sorting behavior varies depending on the column type:

    • Text Columns (e.g., Account Name) → Sort alphabetically (A to Z or Z to A).

    • Date Columns (e.g., Created Date) → Sort chronologically (Older to Newer or Newer to Older).

    Managing Sorting

    • Click the icon to remove a sorting rule.

    • Active sorting is indicated by the number of sorting parameters applied. To revert to the original grid view, remove all sorting parameters.

    Sort

    Notes: When you use the Sort option from the toolbar, Wave sends a request to Salesforce to retrieve the records in the desired order. This ensures that all available records—including those not yet loaded in the grid are sorted accurately.

    Curious why sorting results may differ from Header Sort? See Sorting Overview.


    Layout

    The Layout feature allows you to adjust column field lengths based on your preferences. This is especially useful when working with records that contain lengthy data.

    Adjusting Column Field Length

    Follow these steps to customize the layout:

    1. Click Layout.

    2. Select the desired column field length:

      • Short

      • Medium

      • Tall

      • Extra Tall

    Auto-Sizing Columns

    • Enable Auto Size Columns to automatically adjust column widths based on the data length.

    • Auto-sizing works in combination with any selected column field length.

    Layout

    More Options

    The More Options feature provides multiple functionalities in a single place for efficient grid management.

    Available Actions in More Options

    • Add to Favorites / Remove from Favorites – Mark a grid as a favorite for quick access.

    • Manage Grid – Rename the grid and add a description.

    • Duplicate – Create a copy of the grid.

    • Delete Grid – Remove the grid permanently.

    • Backup Grid – Backup the grid.

    • Export Data – Download grid data in Excel or CSV format.

    Manage Grid

    The Manage Grid screen allows you to update key settings for your custom grid. It's where you can make changes to the grid's structure, name, sharing options, and more—all in one place.

    What You’ll See on the Manage Grid Screen:

    • Object Name Displays the object associated with this grid. This field is read-only.

    • Grid Name You can rename the grid here to reflect its purpose more clearly.

    • Fields Shows the total number of fields currently used in the grid.

      • Click this section to open the field list.

      • Add or remove fields as needed to tailor the data shown in your grid.

    • Toggle this option on to make the grid a Global Grid (available to all users or specific users, depending on access settings).

      • Toggle off to keep the grid private or custom.

    • Enable this option if you want the grid to automatically refresh every time it’s saved.

      • Disable it if you want to save without refreshing the data immediately.

    Manage Grid

    Global Grids (Manage Access)

    Global Grids allow you to share a Custom Grid with all users or specific users across your organization.

    The Manage Access feature is available only when a Custom Grid is set as a Global Grid. By default, setting a grid to Global shares it with all users.

    Note: Only Admins and Designers can enable the Global Grid option. Standard Users will not see this setting.

    Global Grid Manage Access

    To configure access settings, click the Manage Access button. The Manage Access screen will display the Object Name and Grid Name, along with two tabs:

    1. Users Tab

    This tab allows you to define who can access the grid.

    • Allow All Users Grant access to all users—no further action required.

    • Select Specific Users Restrict access to selected users only.

    🔔 If Allow All Users is selected, all users will automatically be granted access.

    Users Tab

    ✅ To assign access to specific users:

    1. Select Select Specific Users.

    2. Click the Add More button.

    3. In the Select Users window:

      • Use the search bar or scroll to find users.

      • Select the users you want to grant access to.

      • Click Assign to save.

    2. Grid Control Tab

    This tab allows Admins or Designers to control how Standard Users interact with the grid.

    Field Permissions:

    • Allow adding and removing fields

    • Allow rearranging fields

    Record Permissions:

    • Allow adding records and cloning records

    • Allow deleting records

    Filters

    • ✅ Allow editing filters – Let users modify the filters applied to the grid

    Display Options

    • ✅ Allow conditional formatting – Allow or restrict users from applying visual formatting

    • ✅ Allow editing Column Grouping – Let users group data by specific columns

    • ✅ Allow adding Related Lists – Control whether users can add related lists to the grid

    • ✅ Allow Freeze/Unfreeze Columns – Enable users to lock or unlock columns for easier scrolling

    • ✅ Allow editing sort – Disable this option to prevent users from sorting data

    Grid Control

    This section ensures that users can personalize and control their grids based on their needs.

    Refresh on Save

    When Auto Refresh is enabled, the entire row updates after a successful save, ensuring all fields, including read-only fields, reflect the latest data.

    Example of data refresh after saving

    Duplicate

    The Duplicate Grid feature allows users to create a copy of an existing grid. This new grid will have the same structure and data as the original, and you can make any necessary adjustments to the copied grid without affecting the original.

    Global Grids

    • If assigned to specific users: A pop-up titled Duplicate Grid Name appears with the following options:

      • Duplicate Global Grid with users

      • Duplicate Global Grid without users

    • If assigned to all users: The Manage Grid pop-up opens directly, skipping the duplicate options screen.

    Duplicate a global grid

    Custom, Report, and Salesforce View Grids

    • A pop-up titled Duplicate Grid appears.

    • The grid name is auto-filled as Grid Name Copy.

    • The Manage Grid pop-up opens immediately for further configuration.

    Duplicate a custom grid

    Backup Grid

    The Backup Grid feature lets you save your grid details as a backup file, so you can easily restore it later.

    How to Back Up a Grid

    1. Click the More Options (⋯) icon on your Grid.

    2. Select Backup Grid.

    3. The backup file will be generated and downloaded automatically.

    The backup includes your grid’s settings such as fields, filters, sorting, grouping, layouts, and related lists. Each file is saved in encrypted .wave format.

    Note: Global Grids are backed up exactly as set by the admin (IPCs excluded).

    Backup Grid

    Export Data

    The Export Data feature allows you to download grid data in Excel or CSV format, making it easy to share and analyze.

    How to Export Data

    1. Click More Options in the Toolbar and select Export Data.

    2. The Export Data window appears. Here, you can:

      • Provide a file name.

      • Select the export file format: Excel or CSV.

      • Choose between:

        • Visible Records – Exports only the records displayed on the grid.

        • All Records – Exports all records available in the grid.

    3. Click Export to download the file.

    Export Data

    Note:

    • The All Records option is unavailable when the Grouping function is applied to the grid.

    • Wave Free Users can export up to 40,000 records per month. Once the limit is reached, exports won’t be allowed until the next monthly cycle resets.


    Deprecated

    This feature is no longer supported.

    Share

    The Share feature allows you to share a Standard Grid, Custom Grid, or Mapped Report Grid with team members, enabling seamless collaboration.

    How to Share a Grid

    1. Open the grid you want to share.

    2. Click the Share icon.

    3. The Manage your grid pop-up appears. You can update the Grid Name and add a Grid Description if needed.

    4. Assign grid permissions:

      • Can edit – Allows users to make changes.

      • Can view – Restricts users to view-only access.

    5. Enter the name or email of the team member(s) you want to share the grid with.

    6. Click Share.

    Managing Shared Access

    • Click the Share icon again to view sharing details.

    • To stop sharing: Click Stop Sharing.

    • To remove access for a specific user: Click the Delete icon next to their name.

      Remove sharing access

    The Share feature allows you to share a Standard Grid, Custom Grid, or Mapped Report Grid with team members, enabling seamless collaboration.


    Refresh
    Search

    Access the AppExchange

    • Click here to go directly to the Valorx Wave listing on AppExchange.

    • Log in if prompted and ensure your org is connected to your Trailblazer.me account.

    • Click Get It Now to begin installation.

    Access Valorx Wave on AppExchange
    2

    Choose an Installation Environment

    • In the Package Install pop-up, select the Connected Salesforce Account where you want to install the app.

    • Click Install in Production, review the installation details and accept the terms and conditions.

    • Then, click Confirm and Install.

    3

    Sign In and Assign Access

    • Sign in to your Salesforce org.

    • Choose who should have access to the app:

      • Admins Only – Only system administrators can use the app.

      • All Users (recommended) – Grants access to all users in your org.

      • Specific Profiles – Assign access to selected user profiles.

    • Click Install and wait for the installation to complete.

    4

    Finalize Installation

    Click Done to complete the installation. You’ll be redirected to the Installed Packages screen—confirm the installed version is correct.

    Installed Package
    5

    Access The Wave Embedded

    Open the App Launcher, search for Valorx Wave, and launch the app. 🎉 That’s it! Valorx Wave is now installed and ready to go!

    Access the Wave Embedded

    2. Assign Licenses to Users

    Salesforce Admins can assign Valorx licenses to users who require access to Wave Embedded features. Follow the steps below to manage license assignments:

    1

    Navigate to the Installed Packages

    • In Salesforce Setup, search for and open Installed Packages.

    • Locate the Wave Embedded package in the list.

    • Click Manage Licenses next to the Valorx package.

    2

    Manage Licenses in the Package Manager

    The Package Manager page will open, displaying an overview of the Valorx package license usage and the users currently assigned.

    This window contains two main sections:

    Package Details (Top Section)

    This section provides essential information about the Wave Embedded package and its integration details:

    • Package Name: This refers to the name of the package that is being managed within the Salesforce platform.

    • Status: Displays the current state of the package (e.g., Active, Inactive).

    • Expiration Date: Shows the date of the current license or subscription is set to expire. After this date, the access or usage of the package might be restricted, or a renewal might be required.

    • Enable for Platform Integrations: Indicates whether the package is enabled to interact with other integrated Salesforce components.

    • Publisher: The organization that developed and maintains the package.

    • Allowed Licenses: The total number of user licenses available for assignment.

    • Used Licenses: The number of licenses currently assigned to users.

    🔘 You may also see a button labeled Enable for Platform Integration Clicking this allows the package to integrate with Salesforce platform features and services.

    Licensed Users (Bottom Section)

    This section allows you to add or remove user license assignments:

    To Add Users:

    1. Click Add Users.

    2. A list of available users will appear.

    3. Select one or more users from the list.

    4. Click Add.

    5. The selected users will now appear under the Selected Users section.

    Only users who are listed here will have access to Wave Embedded features in Valorx Wave.

    Add User (Assigned License)

    To Remove Users:

    • Select the user(s) you want to remove.

    • Click Remove to unassign their license.

    Remove User from Licensed Users

    Notes

    • Ensure your organization does not exceed the number of Allowed Licenses.

    • Only users listed in the Licensed Users section will have access to Wave Embedded features.

    • License assignment is generally not required in Sandbox Orgs.


    Configure Page Layout (One-time)

    To ensure the right users have access to Valorx Wave, you need to configure the Valorx Wave User Access field. This is a one-time setup that must be completed by the System Administrator during installation.

    Why This is Important

    • Controlled Access – Grant access only to users who need it.

    • Seamless Functionality – Ensure features work correctly based on user permissions.

    • Security & Compliance – Maintain better control over data visibility and modifications.

    Steps to Configure User Page Layout

    1

    Access the User Object:

    • Navigate to Salesforce Setup.

    • Click on Object Manager.

    • Select User from the list of objects.

    2

    Add the Valorx Wave User Access Field:

    • Click on User Page Layouts.

    • Open the User Layout.

    • In the Fields

    Once configured, users will have the appropriate access to Valorx Wave, ensuring smooth functionality and security.

    User Roles in Wave Embedded

    Wave Embedded has two user roles: Designer and Standard User, each with distinct access and permissions.

    Role Overview

    • Designer – Create Grids, Configure Grids, and Manage Settings.

    • Standard User – Can access and interact with grids assigned by Designers.

    Role Assignment Post Installation

    • Upon installation, the System Administrator who performs the installation is automatically assigned the Designer role.

    • Any additional System Administrators are automatically assigned the Standard User role upon accessing the Wave Dashboard, Grid Wizard, or Surf the Wave.

    This setup ensures proper access control while maintaining flexibility for administrators to manage roles effectively.


    3. Assigning Roles in Wave Embedded

    To grant users access to Wave Embedded, assign them the appropriate role in Salesforce. Note: This process must be completed each time a new user is added.

    Steps to Assign a Role:

    1

    Update User Details

    • From Setup, enter Users in the Quick Find box and select Users.

    • Locate and select the user you want to update.

    • Click Edit to modify the user’s details.

    2

    Assign Valorx Wave User Access

    • Find the Valorx Wave User Access, choose the appropriate role:

      • Designer – Create Grids, Configure Grids, and Manage Settings.


    4. Assigning a Permission Set

    Permission Set for Single User

    For Wave, a permission set is required to:

    • Grant users access to Wave features such as the Wave Dashboard, Grid Wizard, and Surf the Wave.

    • Ensure that both Designers and Standard Users receive the correct level of access based on their role.

    • Simplify administration by allowing you to assign or revoke access without editing user profiles.

    In short, permission sets make it easier and safer to manage who can design, view, or interact with grids in Wave.

    Steps to Assign a Permission Set:

    1

    Navigate to Users and Select a User:

    • From Setup, enter Users in the Quick Find box and select Users.

    • On the All Users page, locate and click the user's Full Name to open their profile.

    Select a User
    2

    Edit Permission Set Assignments and Assign the Role:

    • Scroll down to Permission Set Assignments and click Edit Assignment.

    • Assign the appropriate permission set:

      • Valorx Grid Design Studio User (for Designers).

    This ensures the user has the necessary permissions for Designers or Standard Users.

    Permission Set for Multiple Users

    A permission set allows admins to grant access to features without modifying user profiles. Use manage assignment to quickly assign permissions to multiple users at once.

    Steps to Assign a Permission Set in Bulk:

    1

    Navigate to Permission Sets and Select the Appropriate Role:

    • From Setup, enter Permission Sets in the Quick Find box and select Permission Sets.

    • Click Valorx Grid Design Studio User (for Designers) or Valorx Grid Runtime User (for Standard Users).

    • On the selected permission set page, click Manage Assignments.

    2

    Add and Select Users:

    • Click Add Assignment.

    • Use the List View to find and select the users you want to assign.

    • Click Next

    3

    Set Expiration and Confirm Assignment:

    • Choose an expiration option for the assignment, if needed.

    • Click Assign to apply the permission sets.

    The selected users now have the assigned permission set and the necessary access. ✅


    Valorx Wave Embedded Auto Update Policy

    To ensure customers always benefit from the latest stability, performance, and security enhancements, Valorx enforces an Auto Update Policy for the Wave Managed Package in accordance with the defined auto update schedule.

    Auto Update Schedule

    • Sandbox Orgs Orgs more than one release behind will be automatically upgraded to the last stable release.

    • Production Orgs Orgs more than two releases behind will be automatically updates to the last stable release.

    Example: If version 15 is the current release, Orgs on version 13 or earlier will be upgraded to version 14. Orgs already on version 14 will not be affected.

    WHY THIS IS IMPORTANT

    This policy ensures your environment remains on a fully supported version, up to date with:

    • The latest stability fixes

    • Improved performance

    • Critical security patches

    • Access to the newest features in your Salesforce Grid experience

    Support Considerations

    Valorx may be unable to provide support for Orgs that are significantly out of date and not aligned with this auto update policy.

    Customer Action

    No action is required. Updates are applied automatically to keep your environments secure, stable, and aligned with the latest supported release.

    Valorx Wave Browser Extension (Google Chrome and Microsoft Edge )

    If the Valorx Wave extension is not installed, complete the installation before proceeding with the setup of the Matrix Launcher.

    Setup Instructions for Matrix Launcher Managed Package

    Follow the steps below to set up the Matrix Launcher from Salesforce:

    1. Log in to your Salesforce Org using an Administrator account.

    2. Install the Matrix Launcher Managed Package:

      • Click here to download and install the Matrix Launcher.

      • Choose one of the installation options:

        • Install for All Users: Recommended if all users need access to the Matrix Launcher.

        • Install for Admins Only: Restrict access to administrators only.

    3. Acknowledge Terms and Conditions:

      • Select the necessary options to acknowledge the terms, then click the Install button.

    4. Check Installation Status:

      • If the installation takes a few minutes, wait for it to complete. You can verify the installation by checking the Installed Packages section in the Setup Menu.

    How to Use the Matrix Launcher

    After successfully installing the Matrix Launcher package, follow these steps to set it up and use it within Salesforce.

    Step 1: Connect the Browser Extension to Your Salesforce Org

    1. Open the Valorx Wave browser extension.

      Open Wave Extension

    2. Click the Login with Salesforce button and enter your Salesforce credentials.

      Login into Wave Extension with Salesforce

    3. Once logged in, you will be directed to the Valorx Wave Extension Dashboard screen. Navigate to the Matrix tab.

    Step 2: Configure the Matrix into the Extension

    1. To retrieve the Matrix ID, you need to first open and run the Matrix in the browser extension. Once the Matrix is executed, the Matrix ID will be visible in the URL, which you can then use for further configuration. Note: If you don’t have any Matrix created yet, you’ll need to create one to obtain the Matrix ID. Refer to this guide for instructions on creating a new Matrix.

      Get the Matrix ID

    2. Note down this Matrix ID, as it will be used for further configuration in Salesforce.

      Matrix ID

    Step 3: Matrix Launcher Configuration in Salesforce

    1. Open your Salesforce Org and search for Matrix Launcher Config in the App Launcher.

    2. Select Matrix Launcher Config to open the configuration object.

      Matrix Launcher Config

    3. Click the New button to create a new configuration record.

    4. Fill in the following details:

      • Matrix Name: Provide a meaningful name for the Matrix (e.g., “Sales Data Matrix”). This will be referenced in button configurations.

      • Matrix ID: Enter the Matrix ID you copied from the extension URL (e.g., 156).

      • Matrix Type: Select the appropriate type based on the configuration within the Valorx Wave browser extension. Note: Ensure the Matrix Name is kept handy as it will be used during the button configuration step

    5. By default, the Environment is set to Production. You can change it to Staging if necessary. Then click on the Save button.

    Configure the Detail Page Button

    To launch a Matrix directly from a Salesforce object (e.g., Contact or Account), you need to create a custom button. Follow these steps to configure a detail page button:

    1. Create a New Button on the Salesforce Object

      • Navigate to Object Manager and select the Opportunity object. (If you're using a different object, select that specific object instead.)

      • Click on Buttons, Links, and Actions from the left panel.

      • Click the New Button or Link button.

    2. Configure the Button

      • Provide a name for your button (e.g., "Launch Matrix").

      • Choose Detail Page Button as the display type.

    3. Add the Button to the Object Page Layout

      • Go to the Page Layouts section for the selected object.

      • Choose the page layout you want to modify and click on it.

      • Click on the Mobile and Lightning Actions tab.

    4. Test the Button

      • Navigate to the object record (e.g., a Opportunity record) where the button has been added.

      • Click on the new Launch Matrix button.

      Note: If you don’t see the button, check if Dynamic Forms are enabled for your Salesforce org. If so, follow the additional steps below to add the button.

    5. Allow Pop-ups (if required)

      • If a pop-up blocker prevents the Matrix from launching, click the Allow pop-ups and redirects option at the top right of your browser’s URL bar.

      • Click Done, reload the page, and try clicking the button again.

    Additional Steps

    To finalize the button configuration:

    1. Edit the Record Page Navigate to the Record page, click on the Setup icon, and select Edit Page.

    2. Add the Custom Button Select the Highlight Panel, then click on the Add Action button.

    3. Select the Custom Button In the Custom Button section, locate and select the newly created button. Click Done and save your changes.

    4. Now, you should be able to see and use your custom button on the Record page.

    link
    Formula Field in Grids

    We’ve added support for Formula Fields in grids, giving you new ways to calculate and display data directly in Wave.

    Key Highlights:

    • Field Selector Integration – Add formula fields with a dedicated icon, manageable via Field Selector.

    • Easy Configuration – Set column name, return type (Number, Currency, Text, Date, etc.), and build formulas with autocomplete, syntax highlighting, and validation.

    • Dynamic & Read-Only – Formula fields recalculate instantly when dependent fields change, and Supported return type - String, currency, number, Boolean.

    • Manageable – Edit formulas anytime through the Field Selector popup; deleting prompts a confirmation.

    This feature brings more flexibility and power to your grids, helping you perform calculations directly in Wave without relying on external tools.

    Learn more about Formula Field here.

    Formula Field in Grid

    Support for Rich Text Data Type

    Grids now support inline editing for Rich Text fields, including formatting (bold, italics, lists, images, hyperlinks) plus keyboard shortcuts and drag-and-fill. Use the new Rich Text icon for a pop-up editor with advanced formatting, or drag and fill rich text across records while preserving styles.

    This feature delivers a smoother, more visually engaging editing experience.

    Rich Text Data Type

    Ability to Hide Historical Data

    We’ve introduced new options in the Timeline tab that give you more control over past data in grids.

    Key Highlights:

    • Configurable Historical View – Choose how much past data to show, hide, or make read-only.

    • Flexible Display – Keep recent periods visible (e.g., last 2 months), hide older ones, or lock them as read-only.

    • Clear Navigation – Current periods are highlighted for easy tracking.

    • Broad Support – Works across Straight Line and Telescope timelines, with both relative and absolute timeframes.

    This feature brings clarity and focus to your analysis, letting you work with the most relevant data while keeping historical context when you need it.

    Find out more about Timeline here.

    Hide Historical Data

    Layout Editor for Matrix Headers

    We’ve enhanced the Matrix Layout Editor with a new Resize Column feature, giving you more control over header width and readability.

    Key Highlights:

    • Resizable Columns: Adjust widths for both Y-axis and Data-axis headers.

    • Expanded View: Click Expand to open a resizing dialog for precise adjustments and save your layout preferences.

    • Smarter Display: Header text now wraps neatly (up to 3 lines for Y-axis, 2 for Data-axis) and hides icons when space is limited.

    • Consistent Formatting: Progressive font and margin adjustments with clean “...” truncation ensure a professional look.

    This feature brings more flexibility and polish to your Matrix layouts, keeping headers clear and visually consistent even in compact views.

    Find out more about Layout here.

    Resize Matrix Column

    Matrix Totals

    We’ve added a new Matrix Totals feature that lets you instantly view automatic totals for your data fields. Designers can now enable up to three total columns during configuration, displaying real-time sums for selected measures.

    This feature simplifies data analysis by giving you a quick, clear view of aggregated values directly within your Matrix—no extra calculations needed.

    Find out more Matrix Total here.

    Matrix Total

    New Enhancements ✨

    Enhanced Contextual Actions in Grids

    We’ve streamlined row and cell interactions with a new right-click contextual menu, making record management faster and more intuitive.

    Key Highlights:

    • Lookup Enhancements – Left-click on lookup chips to preview or open in Salesforce.

    • Right-Click Menu – The right-click menu now includes a “Last Modified By” option, along with improved wording and arrangement of existing actions for better clarity.

    This enhancement brings a smoother, more natural way to interact with your data, saving clicks and helping you move through tasks more efficiently.

    Contextual Action in Grid

    Legends – Updated User Interface

    We’ve refreshed the Legends UI to provide a cleaner and more focused experience.

    • Descriptions are hidden by default in the legend view, reducing on-screen clutter.

    • Descriptions remain accessible when:

      • Creating a new legend.

      • Editing an existing legend.

      • Hovering over the legend icon in the legend view.

    This update ensures a streamlined view while keeping legend details easily available when needed.

    Legend

    Enhanced Error Handling for Picklist List of Values

    We’ve improved validation for restricted picklist values. When users paste invalid values, the system now allows the paste but highlights the affected cells after saving, based on Salesforce’s validation response. This enhancement ensures clearer error visibility and helps maintain data integrity without interrupting your workflow.

    Error Handling for Picklist List of Value

    Filter Support for Related Fields (Grids & Matrices)

    You can now apply filters on related fields without adding them to the Grid or Matrix. This enhancement supports filtering up to four relationship levels (L2–L5), giving you greater flexibility in data exploration and analysis.

    The filter UI now includes:

    • Expanded field dropdowns for easier selection.

    • L2–L5 field navigation with breadcrumb-style navigation (similar to the Field Selector UI).

    • Tooltips showing relationship levels for added clarity.

    This update brings a cleaner and more intuitive filtering experience.

    Filters

    Configure Measure UI Enhancement

    The Configure Measure screen now features a cleaner, more structured layout, refined hover colors, and a modern tabular design.

    Configure Measure

    Matrix – Smarter Timeline Filters

    We’ve improved validation for relative date ranges and numeric inputs to ensure more accurate configurations.

    Key Highlights:

    • Defined maximum limits for date intervals (e.g., 365 Days, 52 Weeks, 120 Months).

    • Only whole positive numbers are allowed.

    • Zero (0) is accepted only in specific cases to maintain valid timelines.

    These updates help prevent input errors and ensure consistent, reliable date-based filters.

    Find out more about Timeline Method here.

    Matrix Timeline

    That’s a wrap for Wave Browser Extension v45! This release brings smarter design, smoother workflows, and a cleaner experience across the platform. We hope these enhancements make your day-to-day tasks easier and more enjoyable.

    Keep surfing the Wave — more great updates are on the way!

    ➕ What's New?

    Grid and Matrix Migration

    We’re excited to introduce the Grid Migration feature, enabling Admins and Designers to seamlessly migrate Grids and Matrices between Salesforce orgs. This functionality simplifies workflows and enhances flexibility for organizations managing multiple Salesforce environments.

    Grid and Matrix Migration Options:

    • Users can select one or more Grids or Matrices for migration.

    • Selection is limited to either Grid or Matrix, but not both simultaneously.

    • At least one item must be selected to initiate the migration process.

    Grid migration

    Notes: This feature is accessible only to Admins and Designers. The feature is included in Standard and Pro subscriptions as a paid add-on.

    The Grid Migration feature empowers organizations to manage data migration seamlessly and efficiently across Salesforce orgs. By ensuring data consistency, automating processes, and supporting scalability, this feature significantly enhances administrative workflows. Additionally, it simplifies collaboration among teams and environments.

    Key Benefits:

    • Data Consistency: Ensures global grids, matrices, and other configurations remain uniform across orgs.

    • Efficiency: Automates the migration process, significantly reducing manual setup time and effort.

    • Scalability: Supports organizations scaling operations across various environments, including sandboxes, production, or multiple Salesforce instances.

    • Enhanced Collaboration: Facilitates seamless movement of configurations between teams, environments, and regions, fostering better collaboration.

    Auto Refresh on Successful Record Save

    We’re excited to introduce a new Auto Refresh feature for Wave Extension, enabling grid designers to configure row-level refresh behavior for optimized performance after saving records.

    Auto-Refresh Configuration

    • A new button "Refresh on Save", allow auto refresh after successful record save,” is available under the Advanced section.

    • By default, this toggle button is disabled.

    Enhanced Field Support

    • Previously, only formula fields were auto-refreshed for saved rows. This feature now extends support to all fields in the row.

    • When the Auto Refresh option is enabled, the entire row is refreshed after a successful save, not just the read-only fields.

    After saving, all fields of the successfully saved rows will be refreshed automatically.

    Notes: The current default behavior of refreshing only read-only fields remains unchanged unless the Auto Refresh option is enabled.

    This new feature empowers grid designers with greater flexibility, ensuring improved performance and a smoother user experience when managing grid records.

    Auto-Assign Licenses

    We’re introducing a new feature that automates license assignment for team members, ensuring seamless onboarding and access to the highest subscription tier available in your organization. This enhancement simplifies license management, reducing manual effort and ensuring team members can immediately benefit from paid-tier functionalities.


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Team Members Screen

    The Team Members screen has been enhanced to improve usability, filtering, and sorting, offering a more intuitive and efficient experience.

    • Rename and Reorder: The screen layout has been updated for better clarity and organization. By default, the screen now displays only active users, with deactivated users excluded from the All Active Users filter.

    • Default Sort Order: The list is sorted by:

      1. Subscription (Descending): Paid users are listed first, followed by free users.

      2. Access Level (Ascending): Admins are listed first, followed by standard users.

    Team Members Screen

    These enhancements ensure streamlined filtering, intuitive sorting, and improved action handling, making it easier to manage team members effectively.

    Smart and Contextual Filters

    We’ve introduced significant updates to the filter functionality across the platform, focusing on smarter rendering, improved usability, and a more dynamic design. These enhancements ensure an intuitive, efficient, and seamless filtering experience.

    Toolbar Filter Revamp

    • Dynamic adjustments for field name, operator, and value boxes with improved layouts.

    • Redesigned UI for custom date selectors and the 'is any of' operator.

    • Bug fixes, including proper handling of the Escape key and red strokes for empty values.

    Filter

    Mass Modifier and Condition Enhancements

    • Automatic value selection during modifications and improved delete icon behavior.

    • Date fields default to "is" for consistent behavior.

    Mass Modifier and Condition

    These updates are designed to enhance the user experience, making filters smarter, more contextual, and easier to use while improving performance and clarity across the board.


    🆕New Update

    Login and Settings Modifications

    As part of our ongoing improvements to enhance user experience and streamline the login process, we've made key changes to the login and settings interfaces.

    Login Flow Update

    The Login with Valorx has been removed from the login screen. Users will now be directed to the Salesforce login method, focusing on more efficient authentication pathways.

    Login with Salesforce

    Reset Password Changes

    The Reset Password option has also been removed from the settings screen. This modification is part of a broader effort to simplify user management and ensure smoother interactions with the platform.

    These updates aim to optimize the platform’s usability and improve the overall user journey, making it easier and more efficient to access and manage your account.

    Terminology Change – "View" to "Grid"

    In an effort to streamline and clarify terminology, we’ve updated several terms across the user interface. Specifically, all instances of "View" have been replaced with "Grid", and "Views" have been changed to "Grids".

    Key Changes:

    • The term "View" is now consistently replaced with "Grid" across all UI elements, including buttons, menus, and settings.

    • The term "Views" is now "Grids" in plural form, ensuring consistency in naming across the platform.

    This update ensures clearer communication within the interface, aligning with the core functionality of the platform and reducing any potential confusion.

    We encourage users to explore the updated UI, where all terminology is now more aligned with the grid-based structure of the platform.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    1. Handled Special Characters in Picklist Fields Fixed an issue where picklist values with special characters were not displayed correctly, causing validation errors for restricted picklists. Special characters are now handled appropriately without errors.

    2. Resolved Save Summary Issue for Related Fields Fixed a bug where the current object was incorrectly shown in the save summary when updating related fields. Now, the save summary correctly displays both the parent and current objects when they are updated.

    3. Fixed Header Dropdown Opening Issue Resolved an issue where the header dropdown did not open as expected in a specific view. The dropdown now functions properly across all views.

    4. Improved Copy-Paste Functionality in Lookup Fields Addressed inconsistent behavior with copy-paste functionality in lookup fields when multiple values were copied and pasted. Copy-paste now works reliably under all scenarios.

    5. Corrected API Name Save for Picklist Fields Fixed a bug where the label was saved instead of the API name for picklist fields when using Magic Square drag. The API name is now correctly used during the save call.

    The Sign In screen acts as a centralized platform for all login-related activities, offering users a convenient way to connect with Salesforce, Login with Wave, connect to a new organization, and sign up, all within a single interface.

    After reaching the Sign In screen, users can choose how they want to proceed with the login process. Depending on their selection, if they choose to Continue with Salesforce, they will be redirected to the Salesforce Authentication using the Connected App.

    To facilitate user to login via a Sandbox org, the user can check the environment as Sandbox and then click on Continue with Salesforce and then will be redirected to the test.salesforce.com URL or they will be redirected to the login.salesforce.com URL by default.

    Once the user has been redirected to the Salesforce Authentication and they have entered their username and password or Multi-factor Authentication (MFA) credentials if required, they will proceed to the next stage of the login process. To successfully complete the sign in process the user needs to Allow the necessary permissions.

    Sign In screen will be visible to users only when their Salesforce session expires.

    These updates aim to streamline the login experience for users and provide more flexibility in accessing Wave. By eliminating the need for constant browser session logins, users can seamlessly establish a connection to Wave, enhancing their overall user experience.

    Bug Fixes and Improvements

    • The Save Summary feature was displaying an incorrect error message related to row numbers when users attempt to save changes to related fields. We have implemented a fix that ensures the error message displayed in the Save Summary now accurately reflects the row numbers associated with any issues encountered when saving changes to related fields.

    • The Record Change dialog for related fields. Users were experiencing inaccuracies in the displayed row indexes, which affected the ability to identify the correct rows impacted by changes. Provided a fix that ensures the displayed row indexes in the Record Change dialog now reflect the actual row numbers accurately.

    • The size of the Detail lookup page in the Related list where users were experiencing an excessively large display of the Detail lookup page, causing inconvenience, and impacting the user experience.

    • The row indexes are not updated after using the 'Revert all' option to undo changes. When users make modifications to the data and then utilize the 'Revert all' option to undo those changes.

    • The option for "Save Changes “would disappear as soon as the user clicked anywhere else on the screen when users would delete a newly created or cloned record using the delete option in the context menu. The fix ensures that the "Save Changes" option remains visible even after users click elsewhere on the screen following the deletion of a newly created or cloned record using the context menu.

    • "Pin the Wave Extension" popup continues to appear on the Sign In screen, even after the Wave extension has been successfully pinned. Provided a fix and "Pin the Wave Extension" popup no longer appears on the Sign In screen once it is pinned to Wave extension.

    • We have actively worked on resolving the issue where the Filter, Condition, Sort & Mass Modifier overlay is not staying within the designated area of the Wave Main page and fixed this issue by ensuring that the overlay remains properly within the designated area of the Wave Main page. By fixing this problem, we aim to provide users with a consistent and visually cohesive experience when utilizing the Filter, Condition, Sort & Mass Modifier functionality.

    • Identified and successfully resolved the issue related to the delay in updating the parent record name in the related list this has been resolved.

    Grid Wizard in Salesforce

    Creating a Grid in Wave Embedded

    Create a custom grid in Wave Embedded to interact with your Salesforce data in a spreadsheet-like interface. Configure fields, filters, and display options to organize and manage your data efficiently within Salesforce.

    For Wave Embedded, users create grids through the Grid Wizard tab. The steps are as follows:

    1. Create a New Grid

    There are multiple ways to create a new grid:

    First-Time Users:

    • Click the Create New Grid button at the bottom of the page.

    Users with Existing Grids:

    • Click Create New Grid at the top right.

    • Navigate to the Grid Wizard tab and create a new grid from there.


    2. Grid Details

    • When creating a new grid, start by selecting an object. Then, choose one of the following options:

      • Create from Scratch – Manually add fields to customize the grid.

      • Select from an Existing Salesforce List View – Automatically includes fields based on the selected Salesforce List View configuration.

    • Edit or confirm the


    3. Fields

    In this step, users define the structure of their grid by selecting and organizing the fields that will be displayed. This ensures the grid contains the most relevant data for their needs.

    Add or Remove Fields.

    Use the + button to include or exclude fields. Note: Select at least one field to create a grid.

    Rearranging Fields.

    Drag and drop fields to customize the order. Once the desired fields are set, click Next to proceed.


    4. Filters

    Users can refine the grid data by applying filters to specific fields or creating filter groups.

    • Add a Filter – Apply a condition to a single field.

    • Add a Filter Group – Combine multiple filters for more advanced criteria.

    After defining the filters, click Apply to confirm, then click Next to proceed.


    5. Display Options

    Users can customize the appearance and organization of data in the grid:

    Apply visual formatting and interactive behavior to grid data based on user-defined conditions.

    Group related columns for better organization.

    Related List

    Include related records for additional context and choose the Related List position—either in the right panel or as a hierarchical view.

    Layout

    Freeze specific columns to enhance navigation. Users can freeze columns to the left or right of the grid as needed. Users can also adjust the to optimize data visibility.

    The Sort feature helps you arrange records in a meaningful order, making it easier to analyze data effectively.

    After configuring the display options, click Next to proceed.

    6. Actions

    The Action Tab in the Grid Wizard enables Designers to create interactive row actions, improving workflows and data management. These actions integrate with Flows, Lightning Components (Aura), and Lightning Web Components (LWC) to provide flexibility and seamless customization.

    Designers can configure two types of row actions:

    Add Row Action

    Use this option to create and configure Row Action buttons for individual rows.

    Steps to Configure a Row Action

    1

    Add and Customize an Action Button

    Click + Row Action to create a new action button. Then, customize its appearance and details:

    • Button Style – Choose between:

      • Icon and Text

    Add Grid Action

    Use this option to create and configure Grid Action buttons for individual rows.

    Steps to Configure a Grid Action

    1

    Add and Customize an Action Button

    Click + Grid Action to create a new action button. Then, customize its appearance and details:

    • Button Style – Choose between:

      • Icon and Text

    This setup ensures a customized and efficient grid experience, allowing users to trigger actions directly from the Grid.


    7. Permissions

    Designers and Admins can manage user access to grid features. Permissions are categorized into the following sections:

    1. Users Tab

    Control access based on specific user attributes. Upon clicking Users, you'll see three access options:

    • Users – Assign grid access to individual users.

    • Permission Sets – Grant access based on Salesforce permission sets (ideal for large teams or dynamic user groups).

    • Profiles – Provide access according to user profiles.

    2. Grid Control Tab

    Fine-tune grid functionality for specific users, profiles, or permission sets.

    Fields

    • Allow or restrict the ability to add and remove fields to the grid.

    • Allow or restrict the ability to rearrange field positions.

    Filters

    • Control whether standard users can edit filters within the grid.

    Display Options

    • Conditional Formatting – Control the ability to apply formatting based on field values.

    • Column Grouping – Enable users to group data by specific columns.

    • Related Lists – Allow adding related list

    • Freeze/Unfreeze Columns – Allow users to lock or unlock columns for easier navigation.

    Record Controls

    • Allow adding and cloning records

    • Allow deleting records

    Save Options

    • Refresh on Save: Automatically refresh modified records after saving.

      • ✅ Enabled by default.


    8. Save & Surf

    After configuring the grid, users can:

    • Click Save and Surf to finalize the setup and access the grid in .

    • Click Previous to make adjustments before saving.

    In Surf the Wave, users can view and interact with the grids they have access to. They can personalize the grid layout based on their permissions without affecting the original grid configuration.

    Users can also modify data or learn how to manage it by visiting this .

    Additionally, grids can be added to a Lightning App page. To learn how, visit this .

    Matrix Runtime

    Matrix Runtime

    Once the matrix is configured, users can view and edit data in a grid-like interface that supports dynamic measures, conditions, and mass modifications. Standard users can interact with the runtime grid, making edits based on the predefined settings applied during configuration.

    Note: Matrix Runtime is available in both Wave Extension and Wave Embedded.

    • In Wave Embedded, click Save and Surf. This opens a temporary Surf the Matrix tab where you can view and interact with the runtime grid.

    • In Wave Browser Extension, click the Run button, select the desired record, and the matrix will launch in runtime mode displaying data based on your configuration.

    Both runtime environments are designed to help users efficiently work with data while adhering to the configuration rules defined during matrix setup.

    Matrix Rendering Limits

    To ensure smooth performance and a better user experience, Wave enforces rendering limits on the number of records displayed in the Matrix view.

    Single Object Matrix Limits

    • Y-axis (row) max limit: 300,000 records

    • X-axis max limit: 120 columns

    Two & Three Object Matrix Limits

    • Y-axis (row) max limit: 20,000 records

    • Data records max limit: 300,000

    • X-axis max limit: 120 columns

    If your selected data exceeds these limits, a popup message will appear. After clicking OK, you’ll be redirected to the record selection screen to adjust your selection accordingly.

    These limits help maintain optimal performance, especially when working with large datasets.

    Edit Records in Runtime

    After configuring the matrix, users can view and edit data in a grid-like interface. The editing mode is determined in Matrix Designer. Users can edit in Both (DDV and Inline), DDV only, or Inline only, based on the designer's settings.

    Edit in Matrix Detail View

    Edit in Inline

    Matrix Runtime Features

    The Matrix Runtime mode includes several key features: Recent, Dynamic Measure, Timeline, Condition, and Mass Modifier. Each is explained below:

    Recent

    Displays the most recently run matrices for quick access, which also appears on the Matrix home screen in the Matrix cards.

    Run Matrix

    Use the Run Matrix button in Runtime Mode to execute the Matrix without returning to the dashboard. The Matrix will run based on the current data and configuration.

    To refresh the screen, click on the Refresh icon. Note: Any unsaved data will be lost when refreshing.

    Dynamic Measures

    This dropdown displays data object fields. Users can view all fields simultaneously or one at a time. Fields appear horizontally or vertically, depending on the orientation set by the designer.

    Timeline

    Visible when a Date field is set on the X-axis. Users can zoom in and out from years to quarters to months for telescoping or view time intervals in a straight line format. This helps with data forecasting. This must be configured in .

    Telescoping

    Straight Line

    The Condition feature enhances record visibility by allowing users to highlight specific records or groups based on defined conditions. Users can apply background colors to these records, making it easier to identify key data points. This functionality is also known as Conditional Formatting.

    The Column Grouping tab allows Designers to visually organize Y-axis fields into grouped sections. This helps users quickly understand how related data points are structured within the Matrix.

    The Mass Modifier feature enables user to edit large quantities of records at once. User can perform mass modifications for selected records or all records.

    The Sort feature improves data analysis by allowing users to organize records based on one or more fields. Users can sort records in ascending or descending order, helping them focus on the most relevant data first. Sorting applies to any data set displayed in the grid, enhancing usability and clarity during review or decision-making.

    The Layout tab lets Designers customize the Matrix's appearance by adjusting row height and enabling auto-sizing for columns. These controls ensure better readability and a polished look for large or dense datasets.

    More Options ()

    Clicking the triple-dot (⋯) icon in the Matrix runtime toolbar opens the More Options menu, which provides access to:

    View Details

    Displays information about the Y-axis, X-axis, and Data Objects.

    Backup Matrix

    The Backup Matrix feature lets you save your Matrix configuration as a backup file, so you can easily restore it later.

    Reset Matrix

    Appears only when changes have been made to the Matrix grid. Clicking this restores the grid to its original default state by clearing personal customizations.

    Preview Changes

    The Preview Changes allows users to view modifications made to a Matrix grid before saving. Users can also revert changes if needed.

    The Matrix feature helps users analyze Salesforce data by organizing it into rows, columns, and data objects. Matrix provides an interactive way to explore and manage data efficiently.

    Footer Row in Matrix

    The matrix includes a footer row, similar to the grid, showing aggregated values for all Y-axis columns, data columns, and the Totals column.

    By default:

    • The aggregation function for Y-axis fields is Sum.

    • For data columns, the aggregation follows the grouping function configured in Data Config.

    • Users can change the aggregate function displayed in the footer as needed.


    Surf The Matrix Tab Visibility in Wave Embedded

    In Wave Embedded, some users may not see the Surf the Matrix tab after running a Matrix. This is due to specific Salesforce App Personalization Settings configured in the App Manager. The Matrix itself still renders correctly, and users can access it by clicking Surf the Matrix button in Wave Dashboard or the Save and Surf button in the Matrix Wizard.

    To ensure the Surf the Matrix tab appears consistently in Wave Embedded, follow these steps:

    1. Go to Setup in Salesforce.

    2. In the Quick Find box, search for App Manager.

    3. Under the App Name column, locate Valorx Wave.

    4. Click the dropdown arrow next to Valorx Wave, then click

    Once updated, Salesforce will display Surf the Matrix as a temporary tab, making it more convenient to revisit or switch between tabs in Wave Embedded.

    Reports Overview

    Leverage your data best with customizable, shareable reports

    Reports Screen

    Salesforce reports and grids are great for viewing but limited for editing. Wave allows you to build customizable grids that are fully editable in a Google Sheets-like experience. You can also share these reports with colleagues to level up your team’s productivity.

    Data Interaction

    Efficient data management is key to a seamless workflow, and Valorx Wave offers multiple ways to interact with your data. Whether you need to update entity relationships, customize layouts, or perform bulk actions, these features help streamline your experience.

    Row Operations

    Valorx Wave allows various types of row operations, including:

    Lightning Pages

    Overview

    Adding a Valorx Grid to a Salesforce Lightning Page allows you to view and interact with your data directly within Salesforce. You can place a grid on an App Page, Home Page, Record Page, or inside a Tab or Subtab on a Lightning Page.

    SELECT valorxwave__API_Name__c, valorxwave__Description__c, 
    valorxwave__Display_Option__c, valorxwave__fields__c, 
    valorxwave__Is_Publicly_Accessible__c, valorxwave__Label__c, 
    valorxwave__Object_Name__c, valorxwave__query__c, 
    valorxwave__Settings__c, valorxwave__Type__c  
    FROM valorxwave__view__C  
    WHERE valorxwave__Type__c = 'GLOBAL' AND
    valorxwave__Label__c IN ('YOUR_GRID_NAME_1', 'YOUR_GRID_NAME_2')  
    Edit
    .
  • On App Settings page, click on the App Options.

  • In the App Personalization Settings section, uncheck the following:

    • Disable end user personalization of nav items in this app

    • Disable temporary tabs for items outside this app

  • Click Save.

  • Refresh
    Matrix Designer
    Condition
    Column Group
    Mass Modifier
    Sort
    Layout
    Surf The Matrix - Wave Embedded
    Matrix Runtime - Wave Browser Extension
    Edit in Data Detail View
    Edit in Inline
    Recent Runtime
    Run Matrix
    Refresh Matrix
    Dynamic Measures
    Timeline - Telescope
    Timeline - Straight line
    Mass modifier in Matrix
    Backup Matrix
    Reset Matrix
    Preview Changes
    How to Display Surf the Matrix in the Navigation Bar
    Global Grid
    Refresh on Save

    September 24 Release (v35) - Hotfix

    📢 Announcing the Hotfix Release

    We have deployed a hotfix to address a critical issue affecting the Detail Data View (DDV). This update resolves the "INVALID_QUERY_FILTER_OPERATOR" error that occurred when saving values in the single object DDV.

    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • Issue: Users were encountering the "INVALID_QUERY_FILTER_OPERATOR" error after saving a value in the single object Detail Data View (DDV).

    • Resolution: This hotfix resolves the issue by ensuring that the system correctly handles queries when saving values in the DDV, preventing the "INVALID_QUERY_FILTER_OPERATOR" error.

    section, find
    Valorx Wave User Access
    .
  • Drag it into the Additional Information section. The section will highlight in green when placed correctly.

  • Click Save to apply the changes.

  • Add Valorx Wave User Access Field
    Standard – Can access and interact with grids assigned by Designers.
  • Click Save to apply the changes.

  • Assign User A Role

    Valorx Grid Runtime User (for Standard Users).

    Notes: We recommend that System Administrators are assigned the Designer role to ensure they have full access to create, configure, and manage grids.

  • Move the selected permission set(s) to Enabled Permission Sets and click Save.

  • Assign Permission Sets
    .
    Select Users
    Installation Environment
    Install Valorx Wave
    Package Manager
    Wave Embedded Package Details
    Access the User Object
    Select A User
    Select Role
    Assign the Permission Sets
    In the Text Area box, paste the following URL:
  • Replace the matrixName parameter with the appropriate Matrix Name you configured in Step 3 (e.g., "Account Contact").

  • Modify the FirstContextId and SecondContextId parameters based on the objects being used:

    • FirstContextId: This is the ID of the main object (e.g., {!Contact.Id}).

    • SecondContextId: Optional parameter for additional context (e.g., {!Account.Id}).

  • Then, click on the Save button. Note: Ensure the matrixName parameter is filled in correctly, as it is mandatory.

    Configure button URL
  • Drag and drop the newly created button (Launch Matrix) into the Salesforce Mobile and Lightning Experience Actions section.

  • Save the layout changes.

  • Install Matrix Launcher
    Matrix Launcher at Installed Packages
    Run Matrix
    Create a new button
    Add button's name and display type
    Allow pop-ups
    Grid Name
    (required).
  • Optionally, add a Description.

  • Click Next to proceed.

  • Icon Only

  • Label – Enter a name for the button.

  • Tooltip – Provide additional guidance for users.

  • Color Scheme – Select a button color.

  • Icon – Choose an icon to represent the action visually.

  • Add and Customize an Action Button
    2

    Select Action Type and Configure Return Settings

    Click Next, then choose the desired action type:

    • Lightning Web Component (LWC)

    • Aura Component

    • Flow

    Set Action Component and Return Settings

    • Row Refresh – Determines post-action behavior:

      • None (Default)

      • Always Refresh Row

    • Success Message – Define a message to display after a successful action.

    3

    Add Variables and Finalize Configuration

    Click Next to assign variables:

    • Name – Define a variable name (e.g., recordId).

    • Type – Select the appropriate data type.

    • Parameters – Specify how values will be passed.

    • Value – Provide a value for the component.

    Note: In Flows, variables are dynamically added as they are configured.

    Click Finish to save the action.

    4

    Action Column Position

    This option determines where the action buttons appear within the row.

    Steps to Configure Column Position

    1. Click Action Column Position.

    2. Select the button placement:

      • Left

      • Right

    5

    Callback Event for Row Action Completion (Aura Components and LWC only)

    When implementing the Row Action button in an Aura Component or Lightning Web Component, you can use a callback event to trigger actions after the row update is completed. This allows you to refresh data, display success messages, or execute additional logic automatically.

    Note: This step is not applicable if you are using the Row Action in a Flow component.

    To integrate this functionality into your org, add the following code to your component:

    Aura Component Setup

    1. Add the Message Channel Include the Message Channel in your Aura component definition:

    2. Publish the Callback Event In your Aura controller, use the following code to publish the callback message:

    LWC Setup

    1. Import Message Service Features Import the necessary features in your LWC component:

    2. Publish the Callback Message After completing all component actions, use the following code to publish the callback message:

    Icon Only

  • Label – Enter a name for the button.

  • Tooltip – Provide additional guidance for users.

  • Color Scheme – Select a button color.

  • Icon – Choose an icon to represent the action visually.

  • Add and Customize a Grid Action Button
    2

    Select Action Type and Configure Return Settings

    Click Next, then choose the desired action type:

    • Lightning Web Component (LWC)

    • Aura Component

    • Flow

    Set Action Component and Return Settings

    • Refresh on Execution – Determines post-action behavior:

      • Do not Refresh (Default)

      • Always Refresh Selected Rows

      • Refresh Selected Rows on Success

    3

    Add Variables and Finalize Configuration

    Click Next to assign variables:

    • Name – Define a variable name (e.g., recordId).

    • Type – Select the appropriate data type.

    • Parameters – Specify how values will be passed.

    • Value – Provide a value for the component.

    Note: In Flows, variables are dynamically added as they are configured. For Aura and LWC, user need to handle collection types manually.

    Click Finish to save the action.

    Allow Sorting – When disabled, users cannot sort data in the grid UI.

    Rule
    Column Grouping
    Row Height
    Sort
    Surf the Wave
    link
    link
    Create a new grid for first-time user
    Create a new grid with existing grid
    Create a new grid by navigating to Grid Wizard tab.
    Grid Details
    Add or Remove Field
    Rearrange Fields
    Apply Filter
    Apply Rule
    Add Column Grouping
    Add related list
    Configure grid's layout
    Manage User Permission
    Surf the Wave
    Reports Section: The top section of the Reports screen shows the list of all your Salesforce Reports, along with the Reports that are already mapped.
  • A brief video illustrates how to edit Salesforce reports using Wave.

  • Insights: It shows key highlights such as the number of reports mapped, and also lets you to resume your journey from where you left last.


  • Reports Section

    The Reports Section enables you to see your Salesforce Reports and map the desired Reports with Valorx Wave to see them in the Grids screen.

    Reports Section

    This section features:

    • Search reports: Search is a quick search box. Use it to pick a Report from Salesforce.

    Search reports - Pick a Report from Salesforce
    • All Reports: This section shows the list of all Reports available in Salesforce.

    • My Reports: This section shows the Public Reports that are shared with everyone in the Salesforce org.

    • Mapped Reports: This section shows the list of Reports you have opened in Valorx Wave.

    Types of Reports

    When you open a Salesforce report in Valorx Wave, it becomes a Mapped Report.

    It is called a Mapped Report because, when you open a Salesforce report in Valorx Wave, you map the Salesforce report with Valorx Wave in a few clicks.

    • The Mapped Report opens in the Grids Screen. You can process it based on your requirements. The method of processing reports is the same as processing the Grids.

    • The changes related to the records (data) can be saved in Salesforce, and the changes related to visibility will be available in Valorx Wave only.


    Access Salesforce Reports in Wave

    When you want to access a Salesforce report in Valorx Wave, you map it with Valorx Wave in a few clicks. Thus, a Salesforce report becomes a Mapped Report in Wave.

    Accessing Salesforce Reports in Valorx Wave enables you to:

    Please follow the steps below to open a Salesforce Report in Valorx Wave.

    1. Select the report you want to access by clicking on it.

    Access Salesforce Reports in Valorx Wave - Select the Report
    1. The Report Mapping screen will open. Report Mapping means mapping Salesforce Report Fields with Valorx Wave Grid Fields.

    • In major cases, the fields will be mapped automatically. Sometimes, if they are not, you can map them manually using the Add salesforce field drop-down.

    Access Salesforce Reports in Valorx Wave - Report Mapping
    1. Use the search box to pick an Object from Salesforce to which you wish to map the selected Report. In major cases, the Object will be selected automatically.

    2. The screen will show the automatically mapped fields. You can use the Wave Grid Field drop-down to change the field if required.

    3. When any field is unmapped, please use the Add salesforce field drop-down to map it. For example, in this case, You can map the Salesforce Report Field Open with Wave Grid Field Status.

    Access Salesforce Reports in Valorx Wave - Mapping a Field Manually
    1. Once satisfied, click Map the Report.

    2. The Report will be mapped, and the screen will show a success message, as shown in the image below.

    Access Salesforce Reports in Valorx Wave - Success Message
    1. You can close the message or click Open the Report to open it in the Grids screen. We call it the Editable Salesforce Report.

    Editable Salesforce Report opened in the Grids screen
    1. The screen displays the 'Mapped Report Summary Notification' at the bottom right.

    Mapped Report Summary notification
    • Click on the arrow icon on the top for opening the Report in Salesforce

    • Click on Sync to sync the Report records to match with the latest updates made to the Report in Salesforce. (Note: The notification sign on top of Sync button suggests that there are some new changes detected in the Report.)

    • It also provides the details of the number of fileds mapped and the total number of records in the report.

    1. The report's name will be listed under the Reports section and will be denoted with the icon as shown in the image below. You can open it and edit it whenever you want to.

    Access Salesforce Reports in Valorx Wave - List of All Mapped Report Grids

    Please Note:

    • You can edit/process the Mapped Report Grid based on your requirements. The method of processing the Mapped Report Grids is the same as processing the Grids.

    • The changes related to the records (data) can be saved in Salesforce, and the changes related to visibility will be available in Valorx Wave only.


    • Update your Salesforce Report Mapping notification

    If any changes are made to the Salesforce Report after mapping it with Valorx Wave Mapped Report Grid, the Report Mapping Summary Floaty will be highlighted with a notification sign (dot symbol) on top, when you open the Mapped Report Grid.

    The Update your Salesforce Report Mapping notification

    Converting a Mapped Report Grid to a Custom Grid

    Mapped Report Grids are editable and offer a familiar, Excel-like interface to work with your Salesforce data. However, certain features—like sharing a Report Grid globally—require the Report to be converted into a Custom Grid.

    ⚠️ Important: Since global sharing is not supported for Salesforce report view grids, you’ll need to first convert the report into a Custom Grid. Once the Custom Grid is created, you can then enable Global Grid to share it with other users.

    To convert a Mapped Report Grid to a Custom Grid, you’ll need to make at least one modification to personalize the grid. This could be:

    • Adding or removing fields

    • Applying sorting or filtering conditions

    • Resizing column widths

    Once any of these changes are made, the grid becomes eligible to be converted into a Custom Grid.

    Steps to Convert a Mapped Report to a Custom Grid and Share Globally:

    1. Open the desired Mapped Report Grid.

    2. Make at least one change (e.g., remove/add a field, apply a filter, sort a column, or resize a column).

    3. Look at the Sync button at the bottom-right corner of the grid.

      🟣 Note: A purple dot will appear on the Sync button once any change is made. If no changes are detected, the dot will not appear.

    4. Click the Sync button.

    5. A popup will appear. Click Sync with Report.

    6. Another popup will prompt you to save the current grid as a Custom Grid.

    7. Click Yes, save grid.

    Your Mapped Report is now saved as a Custom Grid.

    1. Locate the Custom Grid and click on More Options.

    2. Then, select Manage Grid.

    3. Toggle Global Grid to make the grid visible to other users (based on their access).

    Once saved and shared, your Custom Grid is no longer tied to the live Salesforce Report and can be managed like any custom Valorx Grid—flexible, editable, and team-friendly.

    Convert a mapped report grid to a custom grid

    💡 Tip: Custom Grids are especially useful when you want to preserve your personalization or share a consistent view across teams, just like saving and distributing a shared Excel workbook.

    Please Note:

    • Wave currently only supports mapping 'Single Object Tabular Salesforce Reports'.

    • The following Filters are not supported in mapped reports:

    -> Field-to-Field filters

    -> Scope filters

    -> Bucket field filters

    -> Certain date literals for Date filters (the ones that are not present in Wave Grid filters date literals)

    -> "Opportunity Status" standard filter for Opportunity reports

    Reports screen
  • Expand Record Details

    Hovering on the Sr. No. Column will show the Expand icon. Use it to expand and edit the record details.

    Expand Record Details

    When you click on the Expand icon, the Record Details screen will open as shown in the image below.

    Expand Record Details: Record Details Screen
    1. The Details tab will open by default.

    2. The Object Information title shows the record's Object name, i.e., Account Information, Opportunity Information, etc.

    3. The other tabs show more details about the record. For example, the image shows orders, contacts, contracts, opportunities, cases, and partners related to the account Aaron Bergman. If there are no associated records in Salesforce for the account, those tabs are shown deactivated. For example, the image shows Open Activities, Activity History, and Notes.

    4. Use the Field Layout icons to change the visual layouts of the fields.

    If you make any changes in the Record Details screen, the Changes button will appear. Click it to preview the Changes. You can revert any changes if required.

    Expand Record Details: Preview Changes

    Edit Record Details Layout

    Editing a layout allows user to customize the appearance and arrangement of fields to better suit user's workflow. By selecting and organizing fields, user can create a layout that meets specific needs and enhances overall user experience.

    1. Use the "Edit layout" button to edit the layout properties or make a custom layout.

    2. In the "Layout Properties" tab, rename the layout as needed and save your changes.

    1. Users can customize the layout by adding Object Fields, Design Elements, and Related Lists. Click the '+ Add Element' button at the bottom left, then drag and drop the selected elements into the desired positions within the layout.

    1. Users can rearrange any element by clicking the a "drag handle" (six dots) and dragging it to the desired position. To delete an element from the layout, simply click the dustbin icon.

    2. Once you've finished editing and customizing the layout, click "OK" to save your changes.

    Right-Click Actions in Grids

    Easily manage records using the right-click contextual menu. The menu now includes improved action labels and a clearer layout for a smoother experience.

    Available actions:

    • Copy – Copies the selected cell or data.

    • Copy with Headers – Copies data along with the column headers for easier pasting into grid.

    • Paste – Inserts copied data into the selected cells.

    • Expand Record – Opens a detailed view of the selected record.

    • Open Record in Salesforce – Navigates directly to the record in Salesforce.

    • Insert Row Below – Adds a new row beneath the selected one.

    • Duplicate – Creates a copy of the selected record.

    • Delete – Removes the selected record after confirmation.

    • Last Modified By – Displays the user last modification.

    This feature helps you perform common actions faster and with better visibility, reducing the need for extra clicks or navigation.

    Right-click action

    Left-Click Actions for Lookup Fields

    You can now left-click on any lookup field value to preview or open the related record directly in Salesforce.

    This simple interaction makes it easier to explore related data without interrupting your workflow or leaving the grid view.

    Other Operations

    1. Click on any cell of the column having a Picklist drop-down icon on the column header. Click on it again to open the picklist and edit the record by selecting another value if required.

    Picklist drop-down
    1. Picklist drop-down

    2. The icon on the column header indicates that the Picklist drop-down is available for this column

    1. Click any cell of the column with the Calendar icon on the column header. Click the Calendar icon to make changes to the date record.

    Calendar
    1. Hovering on the Object Name cell will show the Activity icon. Click on it to see, edit, and create activities related to the record.

    Open Activities
    1. The record will be visible in the Attachment column if it already has an attachment. Hovering over any field in the Attachment column shows the message Drop files here. You can upload or drop the file to attach it to the record.

    Adding Attachment

    Use the Expand icon to expand the attachment details.

    Expanding Attachment

    The Attachment Details screen shows information about all attachments of the record segregated as All, Documents, and Media. Use the screen to download or delete the attachments.

    The Attachment Details Screen

    Excel-like Operations

    You can perform the following Excel-like operations in Wave Spreadsheet:

    • Drag and Fill

    Double-click the Drag Icon to copy records in the column cells. This feature makes copying record values in Valorx Wave as swift as Excel and Google spreadsheets.

    The Drag icon appears when you click on any cell.

    The Drag Icon in the Grid Screen

    You can double click the Drag icon to copy the record values in the column cells.

    • If all column cells are empty, the record value of the selected cell will be copied to them.

    • If values exist in a few cells, the Fill Option message will appear, as shown in the image below. The user can choose the fill options as per requirements.

    The Fill Options Message

    Note: This feature will not be available to the Boolean fields (The fields with the checkbox or tick mark).


    Add Button

    Add button helps you to perform multiple functions such as:

    1. Entering a single record (new row) in the Grid.

    2. Entering Multiple records at a time.

    3. Adding Related List(s).

    4. Adding new Fields related to the Object in the grid.

    Add button

    Related List Display Options

    • Choose Related List Display Options:

      • Hierarchical Grid – Displays related records in a structured, expandable format.

      • Right Panel – Shows related records in a side panel for easy reference.

    • Default Hierarchical View:

      • For Global, Custom, and Standard grids that include a related grid (master-detail), the related list will automatically open in Hierarchical view, providing a clear, nested display of your data.

    • Alternate Right Panel View:

      • Users have the option to switch to the Right Panel view if that layout better suits their workflow. Note: This is not applicable for Salesforce and Shared grid.

    About Valorx Grids

    Valorx Grid

    Users can publish Valorx Grids across different Salesforce pages using the Lightning App Builder. This makes the grids easily accessible and interactive for other users within Salesforce.

    A Valorx Grid displays data from a selected object, independent of the record being viewed. Use this option when you want to show grids that are not tied to a parent record.

    Valorx Grid in App Page

    Valorx Related Grid

    A Valorx Related Grid is designed for use on Record Pages. It displays data that is directly related to the current record through a lookup relationship.

    For example, on an Account Record Page, you can add a Related Grid of Opportunities. The grid will automatically filter to show only the Opportunities linked to that Account, using the record’s ID and the lookup relationship (e.g., AccountId).

    Valorx Related Grid in Account Record Page

    Adding Valorx Grid/Related Grid

    You can add Valorx Grid to App Pages, Home Pages, and Record Pages using Lightning App Builder. Below show the step by step how to add Valorx Grid to the Lightning Page.

    1

    Open Lightning App Builder and Create a Page

    On the Create a New Lightning Page screen:

    • App Page → select App Page, then click Next.

    • Home Page → select Home Page, then click Next.

    • Record Page → select Record Page, then click Next.

    Enter a label for the page.

    • For Record Pages, also select the object you want to use.

    Choose the Page Template.

    • Tips: Choose the One Region template (recommended for the largest canvas).

    Then, click Done.

    2

    Add and Configure Valorx Grid

    In the Components panel, scroll down to the Custom – Managed section. Drag and drop the correct component:

    • App Page → Valorx Grid

    • Home Page → Valorx Grid

    3

    Save and Activate

    1. Click Save.

    2. When prompted, click Activate.

    3. In the activation window, choose how to assign the page:

    4

    Integrate A Page with A Grid into Any App (For App Page Only)

    After activating your App Page, you can make it available in a Salesforce app:

    1. Click Activation.

    2. In the Activation: Grid Page popup, go to the Lightning Experience tab.

    Preview in Salesforce Pages

    Once you’ve published your grid, here’s how it will look depending on where you’ve placed it:

    • App Page – The grid appears as a standalone workspace, letting users interact with data directly.

      Valorx Grid in App Page

    • Home Page – The grid shows up alongside other dashboard components, giving quick access to key data.

      Valorx Grid in Home Page

    • Record Page – The grid displays data related to the record you’re viewing (e.g., Opportunities on an Account).


    Adding to Tabs or Subtabs

    Valorx Grids can be embedded within tabs or subtabs on Lightning Page to enhance data accessibility. Follow the steps below to add and configure Valorx Grids inside custom tabs.

    1

    Add a Tab to the Lightning Page

    • Open the desired Lightning Page in Lightning App Builder.

    • Drag the Tab component onto the page.

    • Click on the newly added tab and set the Tab Type to Custom.

    • Enter a meaningful name for the tab (e.g., Hot Grid).

    • Click Done to save the tab settings.

    2

    Configure Valorx Grids on Tabs

    • Click on the Hot Grid tab and add the Valorx Grid component.

    • Select and configure the grid for Hot Grid:

    3

    Save and Activate the Page

    • Click Save in the top-right corner.

    • Click Activate to publish the changes if the Lightning Page is not yet active.

    4

    Access the Lightning Page

    Your Valorx Grids are now successfully embedded within the Lightning Page tabs! 🚀


    Quick Method: Edit an Existing Page

    You can also add Valorx Grid directly to an existing page without creating a new one:

    1. From Setup click Edit Page. This will open the page in Lightning App Builder.

    2. In the Components panel, scroll to Custom – Managed and drag the Valorx Grid (or Valorx Related Grid depending on page type) into the layout.

    3. Select your desired grid configuration from the dropdown.

    4. Adjust settings such as Relation Name and Height, if applicable.

    5. Click Save, then Activate the page to apply changes.

    💡 This method is quicker when you just want to add or update a grid on an existing Lightning Page.

    May 24 Release (v30)

    📢 Announcing the May Release

    We are thrilled to announce the latest update to our application, packed with exciting new features and important bug fixes. In this release, we've introduced powerful new functionalities to enhance your workflow and addressed several critical issues to improve your overall experience.


    ➕ What's New?

    Enhanced Access Level

    We are thrilled to announce a new feature in our access control system, designed to provide greater flexibility and control. Previously, we had two types of users: Admin and Standard. Now, we are excited to introduce our new user role: Designer.

    Designers can now create and manage views with global accessibility. They have the power to:

    • Create global views accessible to all users with granted access

    • Edit and customize views

    • Restrict viewers from adding new records

    Here's a summarized table of the actions for each role:

    Action
    Admin
    Designer
    Standard

    *Note: Assigning views to specific Salesforce profiles will be available in the next release.


    Permission

    We are excited to announce the addition of our new Permissions feature! This feature is exclusively accessible to Admins and Designers, while Standard users will not have access to the Permissions tab. Admins and Designers can now manage view access, add/clone records, delete records, create reports, and import files for Standard users, ensuring better control and customization of user capabilities.

    Views

    Disabling Views will restrict Standard users to only seeing Share Views, Salesforce Views, and Global Views, with My Views(Custom Views) no longer accessible.

    Enabling Views will allow Standard users to access My Views, Share Views, Salesforce Views, and Global Views. Additionally, it provides more control options, permitting Standard users to add new views and edit fields.

    Enabling Add a View:

    Enabling Edit fields:

    Add/Clone Record

    Enabling "Add/Clone record" allows Standard users to add new records or clone existing records within the views.

    Delete Record

    Enabling "Delete record" allows Standard users to remove any record within the views.

    Report

    Enabling "Report" allows Standard users to create reports. Disabling this option will hide the Report button and prevent users from creating reports.

    Import

    Enabling "Import" allows Standard users to import records. Disabling this option will hide the Import button and prevent users from importing records.


    Global Views

    We are excited to introduce a powerful new feature: Global Views. As an org Admin or Designer, you now have the ability to create a new type of view called "Global View". Global Views are accessible to everyone within your organization, ensuring that important data and perspectives are shared seamlessly across your entire team.

    This feature enhances collaboration and ensures that all users have access to the same vital information, streamlining workflows and improving productivity.

    Only "Custom Views" under My Views can be shared or made into Global Views. User can only choose one option: either Global View or Shared View. Users cannot select both.

    When a view is set to Global View or Share View, you can manage access by clicking on "Manage Access." Here, you can assign the view to specific users. This is how you grant access to the view to other users.

    If the Designer or Admin tries to update or delete a global or share view that a Standard user has modified, a popup message will appear. This message will inform the Designer/Admin about the modifications made by the Standard user and ask for confirmation to proceed with the update or deletion of the view.

    Below is the confirmation popup message that will be displayed when a Designer or Admin attempts to delete or update a view that has been modified by a Standard user:

    Global Views vs. Share Views

    Feature
    Global Views
    Share Views

    🔧 Bug Fixes

    • User having an issue when creates a new view from the dashboard, the system redirects to the wrong view. Now, the user will be correctly redirected to the newly created view.

    • Clicking the create button on the record page floaty with no favorite views previously caused a continuous loader by redirecting to the Wave view. Now, the create button correctly redirects to the appropriate view without causing a continuous loader, and an error message is displayed if the view cannot be loaded.

    • Users without report permissions could still access reports from the floaty. This has been resolved, and users without report permissions can no longer access reports from the floaty.


    Wave Browser Extension

    Latest Release v45 October 25

    Welcome to the Wave Browser Extension Release Notes. This section highlights the latest updates and improvements for Wave Browser Extension. Each version is listed in a release table for quick reference, with details on what’s new, enhanced, or fixed.

    Version
    Release Name
    Release Date

    v46

    November 2025

    v45

    October 2025

    Salesforce Components

    You can embed Valorx Grid into Salesforce custom components and Flows to let users interact with live Salesforce data in context. Below are the steps for using it in Aura Components and Flows.


    Use Valorx Grid in an Aura Component

    The Valorx Grid can be embedded within an Aura Component to enhance data visibility and interaction. Before proceeding, ensure you are familiar with Lightning Components (Aura Components) and have already created Valorx Grids.

    This guide demonstrates how to configure both Valorx Grid and

    November 25 Release (v17)

    We’re excited to introduce a new set of features and enhancements designed to make Wave Embedded faster, smarter, and more reliable. This release strengthens designer productivity, improves runtime experience, and ensures better consistency across grids and matrices.

    Let’s walk through everything that’s new.


    What's New?➕

    /apex/valorxwave__LaunchMatrix?matrixName=Account Contact&FirstContextId={!Contact.Id}&SecondContextId={!Account.Id}

    v44

    August 25 Release (v44)

    September 2025

    v43

    July 25 Release (v43)

    July 2025

    v42

    June 25 Release (v42) - Hotfix

    June 2025

    v41

    May 25 Release (v41)

    May 2025

    v40

    March 25 Release (v40)

    March 2025

    v39

    February 25 Release (v39)

    February 2025

    v38

    January 25 Release (v38)

    January 2025

    v37

    December 24 Release (v37)

    December 2025

    v36

    October 24 Release (v36) - Hotfix

    October 2024

    v35

    September 24 Release (v35) - Hotfix

    September 2024

    v34

    August 24 Release (v34)

    August 2024

    v32

    July 24 Release (v32)

    July 2024

    v31

    June 24 Release (v31) - Hotfix

    June 2024

    v30

    May 24 Release (v30)

    May 2024

    v29

    April 24 Release (v29)

    April 2024

    v28

    March 24 Release (v28)

    March 2024

    v27

    Feb 24 Release (v27)

    February 2024

    v26

    Jan 24 Release (v26)

    January 2024

    v25

    Dec 23 Release (v25)

    December 2023

    v24

    Nov 23 Release (v24)

    November 2023

    v23

    Oct 23 Release (v23)

    October 2023

    v21

    Sept Release (v21)

    September 2023

    v20

    Aug 23 Release (v20)

    August 2023

    v18

    Jul 23 Release (v18)

    July 2023

    v17

    Jun 23 release (v17)

    June 2023

    v15

    May 23 release (v15)

    May 2023

    v12

    Apr 23 release (v12)-Hotfix

    April 2023

    v11

    Apr 23 release (v11)

    April 2023

    v10

    Mar 23 release (v10)

    March 2023

    v9

    Jan 23 release (v9)

    January 2023

    v8

    Jan 23 release (v8)

    January 2023

    v7

    Dec 22 release (v7)

    December 2022

    v6

    Nov 22 release (v6)

    November 2022

    v5

    Oct 22 release (v5)

    October 2022

    v4

    Sep 22 release (v4)

    September 2022

    v3

    Sep 22 release (v3)

    September 2022

    v2

    Sep 22 release (v2)

    September 2022

    v1

    Sep 22 release (v1)

    September 2022

    November 25 Release (v46)
    September 25 Release (v45)
    Hierarchal View
    Right Panel View
    Add or rearrange fields
  • Clone views

  • Assign views to specific Salesforce profiles

  • Edit views, restrict viewers, and manage fields

    Yes

    Yes

    No

    Customize their own view preferences

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    Highlight role with an icon in profile/setting

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    Assign views to specific Salesforce profiles

    Yes

    Yes*

    No

    Access views based on permissions set by designers

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    Personalized Copy

    Standard users will have a personalized copy created internally when they make changes.

    Not applicable.

    Duplicate View

    Standard users can create a personalized custom view.

    Not applicable.

    Overwrite Notification

    Admins/designers can choose to overwrite changes made by standard users with a confirmation message.

    Not applicable.

    A toast message confirming the changes was not shown when a user clicked on "Apply Changes" in the Permissions settings. Now, a toast message will be displayed to confirm the changes.
  • Previously, removing all view permissions for a standard user resulted in the feedback section in the sidebar showing a blank page. This issue has been resolved, and the feedback section now correctly redirects to the appropriate feedback page, even when view permissions are removed.

  • For lookup fields, a textbox is now displayed for conditions such as "contains," "does not contain," and "starts with" in both Filter and Conditional Formatting. This update replaces the previous lookup selector with a textbox for these specific conditions.

  • When trying to add more objects, they were not being added to the ribbon UI. Now, when an object is selected from the object bar, it should be added to the ribbon UI as expected.

  • Fixed issue where the wrong message was displayed in the snack bar, and the field picker was not closing. Now, an appropriate error message will be shown, and the field picker will close as expected.

  • Adding the Contact field in Opportunities caused the record color to incorrectly show as blue after saving. This issue has been resolved; the record color will no longer display as blue after saving.

  • Fixed issue where records were not displayed when the 'is not empty' condition was applied on Date in the Header filter. Now, records will properly show when this condition is applied in the Header filter.

  • After using Copy + Paste, fiscal period, time, and date-time records were not displaying correctly in Wave. This issue has been resolved, and records will now appear as expected.

  • Promote regular users to designers

    Yes

    No

    No

    Invite new users to the product

    Yes

    Yes

    Yes

    Assign design rights or view rights to users

    Yes

    Yes

    Definition

    A global view has no concept of owners. Designers can assign global views to other team members.

    A custom view has a concept of ownership. It can be shared with other team members.

    Who Can Access

    Designers/Admins can create and go to the team members tab to share.

    Individuals with whom the view is shared. Owners can go to the team members tab to share.

    Deletion

    All Designers and Admins can delete and modify the Global View.

    Owners can delete or modify their shared views.

    Modification Notification

    Standard users will be notified of changes made by admins/designers.

    Admin role
    Designer role
    Standard role
    Permission
    Global Views
    Manage access of the view
    Delete the view confirmation message
    Update the view confirmation message

    No

    Not applicable.

    Always Refresh Grid

  • Refresh Grid on Success

  • Success Message – Define a message to display after a successful action.

  • Select Action Type and Configure Return Settings
    Add Variables and Finalize Configuration
    Configure the Action column position on the grid
    Select Action Type and Configure Return Settings
    Add Variables and Finalize Configuration
    <lightning:messageChannel type="valorxwave__callbackMessageChannel__c" aura:id="callbackMessage" />
    invokeValorxCallback: function (component, isSuccess) {
      try {
        const payload = {
            status: isSuccess ? 'SUCCESS' : 'ERROR',
        };
        component.find("callbackMessage").publish(payload);
      } catch (err) {
        console.info('error while triggering close', err);
      }
    },
    import { MessageContext, publish } from 'lightning/messageService';
    import callbackMessage from '@salesforce/messageChannel/valorxwave__callbackMessageChannel__c';
    @wire(MessageContext) messageContext;
    
    invokeValorxCallBack(isSuccess = false) {
      const payload = {
          status: isSuccess ? 'SUCCESS' : 'ERROR',
      };
      publish(this.messageContext, callbackMessage, payload);
    }

    Record Page → Valorx Grid and Valorx Related Grid

    Once you add a Valorx Grid or Valorx Related Grid, use the right-hand panel to configure the settings.

    Common Settings (Available in Both Components)

    • Grid → Select the grid you want to display from the dropdown.

    • Allow Changing Grids → Enable this option to let users switch to a different grid within the same object.

    • Height (px) → Define the display height of the grid.

    Add Valorx Grid

    Additional Settings (Valorx Related Grid Only)

    • Relationship Name → Defines the lookup field that links the related object to the parent record.

      • Example: To show Opportunities related to an Account, enter the API name of the lookup field on Opportunity that connects it to Account (usually AccountId).

    • RecordId (Optional) → Specify a record ID if you want to predefine which record the grid should display.

    Add Valorx Related Grid
  • Org Default → Replace the default page for all users.

  • App Default → Replace the default page for selected apps.

  • App and Profile → Assign the page to specific apps and profiles.

  • Your page is now ready for your Lightning Experience users!

    Select the target app (for example, Sales).

  • Click Add Page to App.

  • Click Save to confirm.

  • The App Page you created (with the Valorx Grid) will now be added to the selected Salesforce app (e.g., Sales app).

    Add the App page to the Salesforce app
    Valorx Grid: Select the Valorx Grid you created in the Wave Dashboard.
  • Allow changing grids?: Deselecting this option disables the Grid Selection dropdown.

  • Height (px): Enter the desired height for the grid in pixels.

  • Click on the Warm Grid tab and configure the Warm Grid.

  • Configure Valorx Grid on Tabs
    Valorx Grid in Record Page
    Add a Tab to the Lightning Page
    Save and activate the page
    Access the Lightning Page
    Valorx Related Grid
    within a Lightning Component.
    1

    Create the Lightning Component

    1. Open Developer Console

      • Click Setup and open the Developer Console.

    2. Create a New Lightning Component

      • Click File (top-left corner), hover over New, and select Lightning Component.

      • Enter a component name, e.g., MyGridComponent.

      • Select the component availability based on your requirements.

      • Click Submit.

    3. Define Parameters (For Related Grid)

      • If using a Valorx Related Grid, define the Parent Record ID as a parameter.

      • Add the following code snippet to the component:

    2

    Add Valorx Grid and Related Grid

    1. Embed the Valorx Grid and Related Grid

      1. Use lightning:tabset to display both grids. Note: Below is the sample code

    3

    Deploy the Component on a Record Page

    • Navigate to the Account Record Page and click Edit Page.

    • Locate MyGridComponent in the Custom Components section.

    Now you have successfully embed a Valorx Grid in Aura component.


    Use Valorx Grid in a Screen Flow

    This is only available after v10.

    Integrating Valorx Grids and Valorx Related Grid into a Salesforce Screen Flow enhances workflow automation. Follow these steps to embed Valorx Grids in a Screen Flow.

    1

    Create a New Flow

    • Click Setup and search for Flow in the Quick Find box.

    • Click New Flow → Select Start from Scratch → Select Screen Flow → Click Create.

    Create a new Flow
    2

    Add a Screen Element

    • Drag and drop a Screen element from the Element panel onto the flow canvas, or click the + button and select Screen.

    • Provide a Screen Component Label (e.g., "Valorx Grid").

    3

    Embed Valorx Grid in the Screen Flow

    • Scroll to Components on the left panel.

    • Locate the Custom section and drag the Valorx Grid component to the screen.

    4

    Embed Valorx Related Grid

    • Follow the same steps to add the Related Grid component below the Valorx Grid.

    • Configure the following properties:

    5

    Save and Activate the Flow

    • Click Done → Click Save and provide a Flow Label.

    • Click Activate to enable the Flow.


    Working with Grid Data and Actions

    Get Grid ID

    When using the Valorx Grid across different interfaces, you need the Grid ID and Object Name for configuration in Flow and Lightning Components. Follow these steps to locate the Grid ID:

    1. Open Wave Dashboard.

    2. Hover over the grid you want to retrieve the Grid ID from.

    3. Click Surf the Wave.

    4. In the URL, locate the Grid ID and Object Name.

    Get the Grid ID

    Add an Input Variable in Flow

    To add an Input Variable in Flow:

    1. Click + New Resource.

    2. Set Resource Type to Variable.

    3. Enter API Name as recordId.

    4. Choose Data Type as Text.

    5. Check the box for Available for Input.

    6. Then click Done.

    Add an Input Variable in Flow
    Backup & Restore Enhancements

    This release enhances data protection and improves grid continuity in Wave Embedded by giving Designers and Admins greater flexibility in backing up, restoring, and managing their Grids and Matrices. Building on the capabilities introduced in Wave Extension v46, this update brings a more streamlined and Embedded-focused experience.

    Key Highlights:

    • Designer-Only Access Backup and Restore options now accessible only for Designers, keeping standard users focused and preventing accidental configuration changes.

    • Admin Settings Access For multi-file or bulk operations, Designers and Admins can go to: Wave Admin → Settings → Backup & Restore This central location supports managing multiple backups and handling more advanced scenarios.

    • Matrix Trial Behavior Backup and restore operations now adapt to your Matrix Trial state:

      • Not Started: Only grids are backed up/restored.

      • Active (30 days): Grids and matrices can be backed up and restored.

      • Expired: Only grids are visible; matrices in backups are ignored.

    This update also improves the overall recovery workflow, ensuring that restored components load correctly, appear instantly, and stay aligned with your design. Find out about Backup and Restore here.

    Backup and Restore

    Improved Grid and Matrix Behavior During Page Migration

    This enhancement makes it easier to move App Pages and Record Pages from Sandbox to Production. Grid and Matrix components now stay fully connected after migration, ensuring your pages continue to work as expected without extra setup.

    What’s Improved

    • Grids and Matrices remain linked after deployment When you migrate Lightning pages that use Grid or Matrix components, the components now load correctly in the target org without requiring cleanup or re-selection in Lightning App Builder.

    • No more manual fixing after deployment Previously, some components could appear blank or unresponsive because Salesforce didn’t maintain ID references across orgs. This has been resolved, so your pages stay intact after deploying through Change Sets or via any other deployment methods.

    • Consistent behavior across App, Record, and Home pages All supported page types now open smoothly after migration, with the correct Grid or Matrix configuration already in place.

    What Users Need To Do

    • Back up your Grid/Matrix in Sandbox.

    • Restore the backup in Production before deploying the page using Wave Admin → Settings → Backup and Restore to ensure components are ready.

    • Find out more about Migration the App Page and Record Page here.

    These updates make Grid and Matrix components migration-safe, reducing manual rework and ensuring a smoother deployment process. Find out how to Migrate grids and matrices from sandbox to production here.

    Smarter Field Controls for Your Grids

    This release brings stronger control over the behavior of fields inside your layouts, allowing you to guide user input and improve data accuracy. Designers can now control how each column works without changing the Salesforce field metadata.

    What You Can Do:

    • Rename Columns Adjust display labels to suit your business language or improve clarity.

    • Mark Fields as Required Ensure key fields must be filled in during new record creation.

    • Mark Fields as Read-Only Make fields visible but locked from editing.

    • Hide Fields Keep fields out of sight while still using them for rules.

    • Assign Default Values Pre-fill fields when creating new records, supporting all common data types.

    These updates make it easier to fine-tune grid behavior and create cleaner, more consistent data entry experiences.

    Smarter Fields Control

    New Enhancements ✨

    Row & Grid Action Improvements

    This release introduces several improvements that make Row and Grid Actions more flexible, predictable, and easier for users to work with.

    1. Smarter Parameters & Button Control

    Grid Actions now support a wider range of parameters, including Constant, Dynamic Field, Session, Selected Records/Ids, and All Records/Ids. Buttons also adjust automatically based on selection requirements, with clear tooltips to guide users.

    Enhanced Grid Action Parameter

    2. Improved Refresh Options

    You now have more control over how grids refresh after actions run. Grid Actions: Always Refresh Selected Rows, Refresh Selected Rows on Success, Always Refresh Grid, Refresh Grid on Success, or Do Not Refresh. Row Actions: Always Refresh, Refresh on Success, or Do Not Refresh.

    Note: “Always Refresh Grid” and “Always Refresh Selected Rows” won’t work for Aura or LWC until those components are updated. For success scenarios, we still provide support for older code, but this support may be deprecated in the future.

    Grid Action Refresh Options
    Row Action Refresh Options

    3. New “Always Enabled” Button Setting

    A new option allows Grid Action buttons to stay enabled even when no rows are selected.

    • Default (unchecked): Button is disabled until one or more records are selected.

    • Checked: Button stays enabled even when no records are selected.

    When enabled, two additional parameters (All Records and All Record Ids) become available for action configuration.

    Always Enabled button is unchecked
    Always Enabled button is checked

    These updates provide more control over action execution and improve flexibility for runtime users.

    Enhanced Related List Experience

    We’ve upgraded the Related List feature in Wave Grid, giving Designers and Runtime users more flexibility and a clearer, more intuitive experience.

    Key Improvements

    1. Full-Screen Overlay: Related lists can now open in full-screen mode as an overlay on top of the main grid, improving visibility and focus.

      Full-Screen Overlay

    2. Extended Limit: Designers can add up to 6 related lists (previously 4). The “Add New” button automatically disables when the limit is reached.

      Extended Limit

    3. Reorder Related Lists: Designers can drag and drop related list icons/chips to reorder them. The order is saved in grid metadata. Runtime users can also reorder tabs, with preferences stored in Inter Personal Copy (IPC).

    4. Tooltip Support: Designers can add or edit tooltips for each related list. Empty tooltips revert to relationship name. Tooltips appear on hover at runtime.

    These enhancements make related lists more organized, more informative, and easier to work with for every user.

    Improved Pending Changes Warning

    Wave now helps prevent accidental data loss by alerting users when they try to run actions on unsaved changes.

    Key Improvements

    Automatic Popup: Displays when a selected record has unsaved changes before a row or grid action.

    Clear Messaging: “Please save all pending changes for the selected records before proceeding with the (Row/Grid Action name).”

    Action Options:

    • OK: Saves changes and proceeds if successful; cancels if not.

    • Cancel: Closes the popup without action.

    These updates help prevent accidental data loss and guide users to save changes before running actions.

    Pending Changes Warning

    Dependent Picklist Awareness

    We’ve improved Grid Wizard to detect missing controlling or dependent fields when adding Dependent Picklist fields, ensuring grids behave correctly.

    Key Improvements

    • Automatic Detection: Prompts users to include missing controllers or dependents via a modal.

    • Placement & Order: Auto-added fields appear next to their controllers, preserving order in multi-level chains.

    • Two-Way Awareness: Suggests upstream controllers and downstream dependents as needed.

    • Field-Level Security: Shows a non-blocking toast if a required controller cannot be added.

    • Related Lists & Published Grids: Same detection applies.

    • Supported Types: Controllers – Picklist, Checkbox; Dependents – Picklist, Multi-select Picklist. Filtered Lookups excluded.

    These updates simplify managing dependent fields and prevent configuration errors in grids.

    Dependent Picklist Awareness

    Extended Improvements from Wave Browser Extension v44 and v45 🎉

    In addition to the new features introduced in Wave Embedded v17, several key enhancements from Wave Browser Extension v44 and v45 have been extended to ensure a consistent and seamless experience across both platforms.

    Wave Browser Extension v44 Enhancements

    • Enhanced Preview Changes Design

    • Improved Keyboard Navigation in Grids

    • Help Text on Column Headers

    • Simplified Record Selection for Single Object Matrices

    • Multi-Currency Handling in Matrix

    Wave Browser Extension v45 Enhancements

    • Formula Field in Grids

    • Support for Rich Text Data Type

    • Ability to Hide Historical Data

    • Layout Editor for Matrix Headers

    • Matrix Totals

    • Enhanced Contextual Actions in Grids

    • Legends – Updated User Interface

    • Enhanced Error Handling for Picklist List of Values

    • Filter Support for Related Fields (Grids & Matrices)

    • Configure Measure UI Enhancement

    • Matrix – Smarter Timeline Filters

    For complete details, see the Wave Browser Extension v44 Release Notes and Wave Browser Extension v45 Release Notes.


    Bug Fixes 🐛

    In this release, we have addressed several issues to improve user experience and functionality.

    • Record Type–Based Picklist Filtering Fixed an issue where record type–based picklists displayed all values or did not update immediately when the record type field was added or removed. Picklists now show only values applicable to the current record type and refresh automatically when the record type changes.

    • Dependent Multi-Select Picklist (Checkbox Controller) Resolved a problem where dependent multi-select picklists controlled by a checkbox could not be edited in the grid. Users can now edit dependent fields as expected.

    • Recent Lookup Values in Lookup Overlay Corrected an issue where the Recent Users section did not update, showing old records. Recent lookups now dynamically reflect the most recently selected or accessed records.

    • Nested Related List – Removed Related Lists Reappearing Fixed a bug where removed related records reappeared in nested related lists. Once a record is removed, it no longer shows in the list.

    • Matrix Trial – Floaty Position Not Retained Resolved an issue where the floaty position in Matrix Trial was lost after a page refresh. The floaty now retains its last saved position.


    With Wave Embedded v17, you now get smarter actions, smoother navigation, and more intuitive Matrix exploration helping you work with greater confidence and efficiency.

    February 25 Release (v39)

    📢 Announcing the February Release

    We are excited to announce the latest update to our product, packed with exciting new features, enhancements, update and bug fixes. This release is designed to streamline your workflow and elevate your overall experience, ensuring optimal performance and functionality.


    Limitation

    Known Limitation

    Lookup Filter

    The Lookup Filter functionality is designed to help users narrow down the records displayed in lookup cells within the grid. However, there are a few scenarios where the Lookup Filter does not apply. Please take note of the following unsupported scenarios:

    Reorder Related List
    Tooltip Support

    Configure Component Parameters

    1. Grid ID – Enter the Grid ID (format: ObjectName::GridId). Learn how to find it.

    2. height – Set the height of the grid.

    3. canChangeGrid – Enable or disable switching between grids within the same object.

    4. relationshipName – Define the Lookup Relation Name.

    5. recordId – Parent Record ID.

    🔹 After configuring the parameters, ensure to save the component to apply the changes.

    Add Valorx Grid and Related Grid
    Drag and drop it onto the desired section of the record page.
  • Click Save and return to the record page.

  • Deploy the Component on a Record Page
    Configure the following properties:
    • API Name – Provide the component's API name.

    • Grid ID – Enter the Grid ID (format: ObjectName::GridId). Learn how to find it.

    • Height – Adjust the grid height.

    • Allow Changing Grids – Enable/disable users' ability to switch grids within the same object.

    Embed Valorx Grid in the Screen Flow
    Grid ID – Enter the Grid ID. Learn how to find it.
  • Height – Adjust the height.

  • Allow Changing Grids – Enable/disable users' ability to switch grids within the same object.

  • Relationship Name – Specify the Lookup Relation Name.

  • Record ID – Enter the Parent Record ID.

  • Embed Valorx Related Grid in Screen Flow
    Create the Lightning Component
    Add a Screen Flow
    Save and Activate the Flow
    ➕ What's New?

    Wave Home Screen

    We’re excited to introduce a completely redesigned Wave Home Screen, crafted to deliver a personalized and intuitive experience for users based on their roles (Admin, Designer, Standard) and subscription levels (Free, Standard, Pro). This update not only modernizes the look and feel of the home screen but also makes it easier to navigate, access insights, and stay productive.

    Whether you’re a first-time user or a seasoned expert, the revamped home screen provides streamlined access to essential tools, relevant data, and actionable insights, helping you work more efficiently and achieve better results. With role-specific views, dynamic content, and enhanced usability, this new design puts the information you need right at your fingertips.

    Key Enhancements:

    1. Role-Specific UI:

    • Unique home screen variations designed for Admin, Designer, and Standard users.

      Admin/Designer Home Screen

      Standard User Home Screen

    2. Dynamic Center Section:

    • Returning Users: Displays a list of recently used Grids, Imports, and Reports.

      Returning User Dashboard

    • First Time Users: Offers a guided "Create a New Grid" experience.

      First Time User Dashboard

    • Add New Button: Easily create new Grids, Reports, Imports, or Matrices through a popup menu.

    3. Right Section Features:

    • My Plans: Displays the organization’s current plan and user count.

    • Helpful Guides: Includes updated video tutorials and links to documentation.

    • Feature Spotlight: Highlights product features and updates.

    • Your Feedback Matters: A feedback button to let users share insights and suggestions.

    This revamped home screen ensures a more intuitive, role-based experience with quick access to tools, insights, and helpful resources, enabling users to work smarter and faster.

    Multiple Org Support

    We’re excited to introduce Multiple Org Support, accessible via the Profile button, allowing users to seamlessly manage and switch between Salesforce Orgs connected to Valorx Wave for Salesforce.

    Multiple Org Support

    This feature simplifies managing multiple connected Orgs and provides a seamless experience for switching and adding Orgs.

    Related List Viewing Options

    We’re excited to introduce a new feature that streamlines how you access and interact with related grids in master-detail configurations. Related lists can now be opened with a single click, making navigation faster and more intuitive.

    Key Enhancements:

    • Manage Your Grid:

      • Users can customize the related list view by clicking the triple horizontal dots and selecting Manage Grid.

      • By default, the related grid is set to Hierarchical view.

      • Simply choose either Hierarchical Grid or Right Panel and click Save to update your settings.

    • Default Hierarchical View:

      • For Global, Custom, and Standard grids that include a related grid (master-detail), the related list will automatically open in Hierarchical view, providing a clear, nested display of your data.

    • Alternate Right Panel View:

      • Users have the option to switch to the Right Panel view if that layout better suits their workflow. Note: This is not applicable for Salesforce and Shared grid.

    This feature delivers improved data visualization and greater control over your grid displays, ensuring a more flexible and user-friendly experience. Enjoy the streamlined workflow and tailored viewing options!

    Data Configuration in Matrix Designer

    We’re excited to introduce the enhanced Data Configuration module in the Matrix Designer, designed to give you granular control over how data is presented and managed. This update includes three key sections:

    1. Data Grouping

    • Data Aggregation:

      • Choose between Combine Value or First Match.

      • Combine Value: This option aggregates values from all records in the object using the selected group function (Sum, Average, or Count).

      • First Match: This option displays the value from the first record of the object.

    • Save Options (for Combine Value):

      • Select from Weighted Average or Equal Distribution to control how edited cell values are distributed back to the underlying records.

    • Group Functions:

      • Define the record summary by choosing Sum, Average, or Count.

    • Field Settings:

      • Configure individual fields to be required, read-only, or both to ensure data integrity and enhance usability. Fields set as read-only cannot be edited, while those marked as required must be filled in to add the record.

    Data Grouping

    2. Data Detail View (DDV) Popup

    • Detail View Toggle:

      • Enable or disable the Show Detail View option to control the visibility of the Data Detail View (DDV) in runtime mode. When this toggle is off, the DDV will not appear.

    • Cell Behavior Options:

      • Choose how to edit the record: Both (DDV and Inline), Edit in DDV only, or Edit Inline only.

    • Customization:

      • Easily configure the Master Detail View by clicking the dedicated configuration button.

    Data Detail View Popup

    3. Matrix Orientations

    • Orientation Settings:

      • Apply either Horizontal or Vertical orientations to data object fields, allowing you to tailor the matrix layout to your analysis needs.

    These enhancements provide you with a powerful, flexible framework for customizing data behavior and presentation within the Matrix Designer. Enjoy a more intuitive, efficient data management experience with the latest Data Configuration updates!

    Start Date Options in Matrix Designer

    We’re excited to introduce a new capability in the Matrix Designer that allows users to add a Start Date field with two flexible selection options: Absolute and Relative.

    Absolute Option

    • Calendar Picker: When the Absolute option is selected, a calendar picker is displayed to enable users to select specific dates easily.

    Relative Option

    • Dynamic Timeframes: Selecting the Relative option reveals three input boxes, allowing users to define time intervals dynamically.

    • Default Setting:

      • The default configuration is set to “is on or before” with a default value of 1 month.

    • Dual Parameters: Users can set both “is on or before” and “is on or after” criteria to define a comprehensive relative date range.

    Start Date Options

    This new feature is designed to streamline your workflow by offering more versatile date selection options in the Matrix Designer. Enjoy the enhanced control and flexibility for all your data analysis needs!

    Column Freeze Implementation for Runtime Matrix on Y Axis

    We’re excited to introduce a new feature that enhances your data navigation experience in the runtime Matrix. With this update, you can now freeze selected columns along the Y axis, ensuring that data remains visible as you scroll through your matrix.

    Column Freeze

    Enjoy a more efficient and user-friendly data experience with this new Column Freeze feature in your runtime Matrix!


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Group/Reports Floaty Enhancements

    We’ve introduced significant improvements to the Group and Reports Floaty, giving users more flexibility and control over how they interact with their data.

    Resizable Floaty

    • Group and Report Floaty can now be resized vertically using drag handles on the edges or corners.

    • The resized dimensions will persist until manually adjusted or reset.

    Resizable Floaty

    Minimize & Maximize Functionality

    • A Minimize button is now available in the header of both floaties, collapsing them into a compact bar with the title visible.

    • Clicking Maximize restores the floaty to its previous size.

    Maximize and Minimize Floaty

    Enhanced Dragging Functionality

    • Floaty remain fully draggable regardless of size (expanded or minimized), allowing for seamless repositioning across the interface.

    Dragging Floaty

    These enhancements provide greater control over how you view and manage data, allowing for a more personalized and efficient workflow. Whether you need to focus on detailed reports or keep them minimized for a cleaner workspace, the choice is now yours.

    Preview Changes Grid

    We are excited to announce the new Preview Changes Grid feature, which provides a more intuitive and consolidated way to view modifications within your grids.

    Key Enhancements:

    • Unified View of Changes:

      • All changes for every field are now displayed in a single row, offering a comprehensive snapshot of modifications.

    • Default View on Activation:

      • Each time you click "Preview Changes," the default view is automatically displayed.

    • Interactive Changes Column:

      • The "Changes" column functions as an inline hyperlink.

      • Click to Expand: Clicking the hyperlink reveals detailed changes.

      • Click to Collapse: Clicking it again collapses the expanded view.

    • Consistent Revert Functionality:

      • Revert options remain unchanged and are available at:

        • Column Level

        • Row Level

    Preview Changes Grid

    This enhancement streamlines your workflow by making it easier to review and manage grid modifications. Enjoy the improved experience with the new Preview Changes Grid!

    Support for Multiple Anchor Fields in Single Object Matrix

    We’re excited to introduce a powerful enhancement in the Matrix Designer that enables designers to select and configure multiple Y-axis fields as anchors. This update allows for unique combinations of anchor fields, giving you greater flexibility and precision in controlling how data is displayed and analyzed.

    Multiple Anchor Fields

    This enhancement replaces the current “Pick an Anchor field” UI with a more robust and user-friendly solution, empowering designers to customize their matrix outputs with greater flexibility and clarity.

    Enjoy the enhanced control and improved data visualization with multiple anchor fields in your Matrix Designer!


    Known Limitations

    Matrix Handling for Deleted or Inaccessible Fields and Objects

    Matrix does not gracefully handle scenarios where a field or object used in the matrix is deleted or becomes inaccessible in Salesforce. If a field or object referenced in the matrix is removed or restricted, the matrix might not function as expected.


    🔧 Bug Fixes

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    • Fixed Drag and Fill Lookup Issue Resolved an issue where dragging and filling in the lookup field resulted in a “Save successful” message, yet the entered values disappeared after a soft refresh. Lookup values now persist when using the drag and fill option.

    • Fixed Header Sort Issue for Amount Field Resolved an issue where sorting by the Amount field produced incorrect results. The header sort now accurately displays the correct values.

    • Fixed Multiple Header Sort Conflict Resolved an issue where applying header sort on one field did not remove the previous sort when another field was sorted. Now, only the most recently applied sort is active.

    • Fixed Matrix Launcher Filtering Issue Resolved an issue where the matrix launcher did not honor the filter criteria applied on the Y-axis. Only records that satisfy the Y-axis filter are now displayed.

    • Fixed Lookup Field Import Issue Resolved an issue where lookup field values appeared empty after importing a file, despite the presence of values in the Excel file. Lookup fields now correctly populate with the corresponding records from the referenced object.

    • Fixed Save Changes Button Visibility for Mass Modified Lookup Fields Resolved an issue where the Save Changes button was not visible after modifying a lookup field using the mass modifier. The button now appears as expected, allowing users to save their changes.

    • Fixed Save Changes Button Visibility After Record Deletion Resolved an issue where the Save Changes button disappeared after a record was deleted after save, preventing further modifications from being saved. The button now remains visible, ensuring users can save their changes.

  • Field-to-Field Filtering:

    • We do not support field-to-field filters on the Lookup Object. The Lookup Filter must be based on a value and not a comparison between two fields.

  • Copy-Paste Functionality:

    • Lookup filters are not applied when users paste data directly into the grid.

  • Mass Modifier

    • Lookup filters are not applicable in the Mass Modifier. As a result, users might see all possible lookup records instead of only those filtered by the criteria.

  • Lookup Picker:

    • Lookup filters are not supported in the Lookup Picker, leading to the display of all records instead of filtered results.

  • Picklist Field Behavior:

    • For Picklist fields, if the startsWith operator is used, the Lookup Filter will not distinguish between uppercase and lowercase letters. The filter will be case insensitive.

  • Unrecognized Filters:

    • If a filter cannot be parsed or applied, the system will display an error message and ignore that specific filter. In such cases, additional records outside of the filter criteria might be displayed.

  • Note: These limitations help users understand when the Lookup Filter may not behave as expected. It's essential to consider these scenarios to ensure a consistent experience while working with lookup fields in the grid.

    Row Action

    Row Actions allow users to execute tasks directly from rows in the Wave Spreadsheet, enhancing efficiency. This section covers required permissions, component configurations, and usage limits to ensure proper setup and functionality.

    Permissions Required for Setup:

    1. Designer (Admin):

      • The Designer user must have Grid Setup and Configuration permissions to add Row Actions.

        • How to Verify:

          • Go to Setup, search for Profile, select the appropriate profile, and confirm that Grid Setup and Configuration is enabled.

    2. Standard User:

      • The Standard user must have Run Flow permissions to execute Row Actions.

        • How to Verify:

    Component-Specific Limitations:

    1. Aura Component:

      • To pass data, the Aura attribute must have access="global" defined.

      • Additionally, the Aura component itself must also include access="global".

    1. Lightning Web Component (LWC):

      • The property isExposed=true must be set for the component to work with Row Actions.

    General Limitations:

    1. A maximum of four Row Action buttons can include both icons and text.

    2. Up to 11 icon-only Row Action buttons can be added in the row action configuration.

    Note: By understanding these limitations, you can ensure proper setup and functionality for Row Actions in your application.

    Import Overview

    An intelligent way of importing records from Excel

    Import

    The Smart Import feature lets you bring data from Excel into Salesforce quickly, accurately, and with full control. It supports automatic field mapping, live preview, and multiple operation modes — making data import effortless and reliable.

    Smart Import helps you upload, validate, and save records in Salesforce in just a few clicks. ✨

    Key Highlights

    • Simplified import process with guided steps

    • Automatic and manual field mapping

    • Deduplication evaluation to manage duplicate records

    • Summary view before final import

    Note: Smart Import does not support Read-only fields, Related fields, Record type, Attachments, or Formula fields.

    Accessing Smart Import

    You can access Smart Import from the Import tab in the Wave Sidebar.

    When you open the Import tab, you’ll see the main Smart Import dashboard with these sections:

    Section
    Description

    Available Import Operations

    Smart Import supports three key operations that define how your Excel data interacts with Salesforce:

    Operation
    Description
    Key Requirement

    You can select one or more of these operations during the import process.


    Import Process Overview

    The import process includes four main stages: Import → Match → Deduplication Evaluation → Summary → (Optional Preview)

    Step 1: Import Screen

    1. Go to the Import tab in the Left Panel or open Smart Import from the Home screen.

    2. Upload your Excel file by dragging and dropping or browsing from your computer.

      • Once the file is uploaded, click Continue.

    Step 2: Match Screen (Field Mapping)

    The Match screen displays how your Excel columns map to Salesforce Object fields.

    1. Review the Mapped Fields automatically identified by Wave.

    2. To unmap a field, click the Unmap icon.

    3. For unmapped fields, click Map this field and manually select the Salesforce Object field.

    4. For lookup fields, select the Lookup Via checkbox to map a related field using another Object’s value.

    Example: If your Excel sheet includes a column Account Name and you’re importing into the Opportunity object, Wave will automatically map Account Name in Excel to Account Name in Opportunity.

    1. Once mapping is complete, click Next to open the Deduplication Evaluation screen.

    Step 3: Deduplication Evaluation

    The Deduplication Evaluation screen identifies duplicate records in Salesforce through field comparison. This helps ensure your import doesn’t create duplicate records or unwanted overwrites.

    1. Click Add Conditions to set your deduplication rules.

      • A new row appears showing:

        • Where — Logical condition AND

    Tip: Use deduplication conditions carefully — overly strict matching can cause valid records to be skipped, while broad matching may overwrite the wrong records.

    Step 4: Summary Screen (Settings Overview)

    The Summary screen provides a final review of your import configuration before you proceed.

    This is where you’ll find your Settings section, previously available on the old Settings screen.

    The Summary screen includes:

    • Mapping Name

    • Number of Records

    • Mapped Fields Summary

    • Selected Object

    You can also set preferences such as:

    • ✅ After successful import, Save as Wave Grid — Creates a Custom Grid of imported records in Wave.

    Actions available:

    • Click Previous to go back and adjust settings if necessary.

    • Click Import to begin importing immediately.

    • Click Preview & Import to review your data first (recommended).

    Step 5: Preview & Import

    If you selected Preview & Import, you’ll see a preview of your data before final confirmation.

    1. Review your data in the preview window.

    2. Edit fields directly if needed.

      • For dropdown fields (e.g., Industry Type, Account Type), use the in-cell dropdown to modify values.

    3. Once satisfied, click Import.

    If errors appear (e.g., missing External IDs), Smart Import highlights them on-screen with guidance to correct the issue.

    1. The imported records will be saved as a Custom Grid named Lead Insert. You can access it from the Grids of Object drop-down.

    Note: Wave Free Users can import up to 20,000 records per month. Once the limit is reached, Smart Import won’t be allowed until the next monthly cycle resets.


    Detailed Operation Types

    Insert

    Use the Insert operation to add new records to Salesforce.

    Steps:

    1. Upload your Excel file using Smart Import.

    2. Select the Salesforce Object and choose Insert.

    3. Review field mappings and click Import.

    Update

    Use the Update operation to modify existing records in Salesforce.

    Steps:

    1. Export the data from Salesforce using the Data Export feature.

    2. Edit the required fields in your Excel file.

    3. Upload the file in Smart Import and select Update.

    Note: You must include the Salesforce Record ID column to perform an update. Using Excel without Record IDs will result in an error. Because finding and entering Record IDs manually is time-consuming, using a standalone Excel file for the Update operation is not recommended.

    Upsert

    Use the Upsert operation to add new records or update existing ones using External IDs.

    Steps:

    1. Upload your Excel file.

    2. Select Upsert as the operation type.

    3. Map fields using the External ID field in Salesforce.

    Finding or Creating an External ID

    1. In Salesforce, go to Setup → Object Manager → [Your Object] → Fields & Relationships.

    2. Locate a field already marked as an External ID in the Data Type column.

    1. To create a new External ID:

    • Click on the field name.

    • Click Edit, and check the External ID box under General Options.

    Salesforce supports Text, Email, and Number field types for External IDs.


    Example: Importing New Contacts

    Let’s look at an example of importing new contacts into Salesforce.

    1. Go to the Import tab in the Left Panel.

    2. Upload your Excel file (e.g., Contacts.xlsx).

    3. Select the Object: New Contact and the Operation: Insert.

    Once imported, your new Contact records will appear in Salesforce. Because you selected Save as Wave Grid, the imported data will also be available as a Custom Grid named New Contact Insert, accessible from the Grids of Object dropdown.


    Error Handling

    If errors occur during import (such as unmapped fields or missing External IDs):

    • Review the error message displayed.

    • Correct the issue in Excel or field mapping.

    • Re-import once resolved.


    The updated Smart Import process gives you complete control over how data is imported into Salesforce — from file upload to duplicate management and final review. With steps for Import → Match → Deduplication Evaluation → Summary → Preview, you can confidently insert, update, or upsert records with accuracy and ease.

    Managing Records in Wave

    Your way to operational excellence.

    Day to Day Operation

    You can perform the following day-to-day operations efficiently with Valorx Wave.

    1. Manage Salesforce activities (tasks and events).

    • See a list of activities, segregating them using parameters such as Today & Overdue, Upcoming, Next 7 days, All, Completed, and Custom.

    • Open activity details and edit them if required.

    • Create new Salesforce activities.

    Click to learn about Activity. (Please open the link in a new tab to avoid losing the page track.)

    1. Create new Custom Grids for your short-term needs.

    Consider your work plan for a specific time frame, i.e., weekly, bi-weekly, monthly, or for any other period you want to.

    Create a new Grid using the only needed records for your planned actions.

    Click to learn about creating a new Grid. (Please open the link in a new tab to avoid losing the page track.)

    Quick Tip:

    You can create a new Grid by changing an existing Salesforce Grid. Please follow the steps below to do so.

    • Open the Salesforce Grid in the Grids screen.


    Wave for Modifications

    You can make modifications to your Salesforce records effortlessly through Valorx Wave.

    Regular Modifications

    Regular modifications are need-based small modifications. Below are a few examples.

    1. Change in records.

    1. If you want to change the Opportunity Owner for a few opportunities, open Salesforce's All Opportunities Grid in the Grid screen, search for the opportunity names using the search box, change the respective Opportunity Owner names, and save all the changes in Salesforce in a single click.

    2. If you want to change the Parent Account for some accounts, open Salesforce All Accounts grid in the Grid screen, search for the account names using the search box, change the respective Parent Account names, and save all the changes in Salesforce in a single click.

    1. On-the-go changes.

    1. Suppose you see the All Contacts Grid in the Grids screen and think creating an activity for a particular contact will help; hover over the Name cell to access the Activity icon, click on the icon to open the Activities screen, and create the activity. The contact's name will be auto-filled in it.

    Mass Modifications

    You can edit large quantities of records simultaneously using Wave's Mass Modifier feature.

    Click to learn about the Mass Modifier feature. (Please open the link in a new tab to avoid losing the page track.)


    Wave for Analyzing Records

    You can carry out detailed analysis of your records and get the valuable insights using the Condition (Conditional formatting) feature.

    Conditional formatting allows you to highlight cells with desired colors whose values satisfy a particular condition. You can apply various conditions to your records such as:

    • Have amount value less than or equal to

    • Have amount value greater than or equal to

    • Have a value between two values

    • Have the Text

    When you see your records highlighted with different colors, it becomes easy for you to analyse them in just a glance.

    Click to learn about the Condition (Conditional formatting) feature. (Please open the link in a new tab to avoid losing the page track.)


    Import from Excel

    You can import a large number of records from Excel sheets, map them to their respective fields, and save them in Salesforce using Wave's Smart Import feature.

    Click to learn about the Smart Import feature. (Please open the link in a new tab to avoid losing the page track.)

    May 25 Release (v41)

    📢 Announcing the May Release

    We’re excited to bring you the latest updates in Wave! This release is packed with powerful new features, helpful enhancements, and important bug fixes — all designed to improve your experience and boost productivity.


    <aura:component 
    implements="force:appHostable,flexipage:availableForAllPageTypes,flexipage:availableForRecordHome,force:hasRecordId,forceCommunity:availableForAllPageTypes,force:lightningQuickAction" access="global">
        <aura:attribute name="recordId" type="String" />
    </aura:component>
    <aura:component implements="force:appHostable,flexipage:availableForAllPageTypes,flexipage:availableForRecordHome,force:hasRecordId,forceCommunity:availableForAllPageTypes,force:lightningQuickAction" access="global">
        <aura:attribute name="recordId" type="String" /> 
        <div style="background:white;">
            <lightning:tabset selectedTabId="one"> 
                <lightning:tab label="Enter_the_Tab_Name" id="one"> 
                    <valorxwave:ValorxRapidGrid  
                        gridId="Account::Insert_The_Id" 
                        height="600" 
                        canChangeGrid ="true"/> 
                </lightning:tab> 
                <lightning:tab label="Enter_the_Tab_Name" id="two"> 
                    <valorxwave:ValorxRelatedRapidGrid  
                        gridId="Contact::Insert_The_Id"  
                        recordId="{!v.recordId}"  
                        relationshipName='Insert_The_Relationship_Name' 
                        height="600"  
                        canChangeGrid ="true"/> 
                </lightning:tab> 
            </lightning:tabset> 
        </div>
    </aura:component>
    <aura:component access="global">
        <aura:atribute name="recordId" type="Id" access="global"/>
    <LightningComponentBundle xmlns="http://soap.sforce.com/2006/04/metadata">
        <apiVersion>62.0</apiVersion>
        <isExposed>true</isExposed>
    </LightningComponentBundle>
    Go to Setup, search for Profile, select the appropriate profile, and ensure that Run Flow is enabled.
    Make the required changes, such as deleting a few rows or columns and applying Filters, Conditions, or Groups.
  • Save the Grid as a new Custom Grid and give it a friendly name.

  • When you make any changes in records (data), the screen will prompt you to save them in Salesforce. But when you make changes in Grid, the screen will prompt you to save it as a new Grid in Wave only, and it will not affect your Salesforce Grid.

    that contains specific words or characters (Company name, State/Province name, Status, Stage, etc.)
  • Have the Date occurring in a certain range

  • here
    here
    here
    here
    here
    Create an activity for the record from the Grid screen

    Editable data preview

  • Insights dashboard for tracking import statistics

  • The uploaded file appears in the
    Imported Files
    section.
  • To remove a file, click the Delete icon.

  • Select Object — Choose the Salesforce Object (Standard or Custom) you want to import records into.

  • Choose Operation — Choose one or more operations (Insert, Update, Upsert).

    Refer to the table above for operation details before making your selection.

  • Review Recent Imports or Recent Mappings if you want to reuse a previous import configuration.

  • Click Next to continue to the Match screen.

  • Mapped Field
    — Dropdown of Salesforce fields available for comparison
  • Matching Method — Currently supports Exact matching

  • Add multiple conditions if needed to define how duplicates should be detected.

  • Click the Apply Action button to decide how Smart Import handles duplicates.

    • From the dropdown, choose one of the following:

      • Ignore duplicate found

      • Overwrite when exactly one match found

      • Overwrite by oldest

      • Overwrite by newest

  • Click Submit to apply your deduplication preferences.

  • Click Next to proceed to the Summary screen.

  • Operation Type

  • Batch Size

  • On the Match screen:
    • Verify mappings and manually map any unmapped fields.

    • Use Lookup Via for lookup relationships (e.g., Account Name → Website).

  • On the Settings screen:

    • Review details.

    • Select After successful import, Save as Wave Grid.

  • Click Preview & Import, review your data, and click Import.

  • File Upload

    Drag and drop or browse to upload the Excel file for import.

    Recent Imports

    View previously completed imports and repeat an operation by clicking Import Again.

    Recent Mapping

    Access your saved mapping configurations. You can reuse one by clicking Use Mapping.

    Insights

    Displays key statistics like the total number of records imported, average records per file, and most frequently used Object.

    Video Preview

    A short video shows how Smart Import works in action. 🎥

    Insert

    Adds new records to Salesforce.

    No Record ID required.

    Update

    Modifies existing records using Salesforce Record IDs.

    Requires Salesforce Record IDs in Excel.

    Upsert

    Updates existing records or inserts new ones using an External ID.

    Requires a Salesforce External ID field.

    Access Import from Wave Sidebar
    Smart Import Home Screen
    Import Screen
    Match Screen
    Dedupe Screen
    Summary Screen
    Preview and Import
    Salesforce External ID
    Designate a Field as External ID in Salesforce

    All Changes Level

    Add New Button
    Right Section Features
    Related List View Options
    Hierarchal View
    Right Panel View
    ➕ New Feature

    Configure Measures and Formatting

    We’ve made exciting improvements on how to define measures for the Data Fields and displayed in the Matrix and Data Detail View.

    ✨ Updated Data Fields

    • Field Name:

      • Click the field name to edit and rename it. The label must be unique and can be up to 25 characters long.

      • Revert to Original Column Name - You can revert any custom name back to the system default with one click.

      Edit the field name

    • Dynamic Matrix Field

      This setting controls whether a field can be dynamically shown or hidden at runtime using the Dynamic Measures tab.

      • ✅ Checked – The field appears in the Dynamic Measures tab in runtime and users can toggle its visibility as needed.

      • ⬜ Unchecked – The field appear in the Dynamic Measures tab, but users cannot toggle its visibility during runtime.

    • Hidden Field

      • Hidden fields do not appear in the Matrix by default.

      • If marked as both Hidden and Dynamic Matrix Field, the field will hidden but available in runtime dynamic measure selection (unchecked by default).

      Field Visibility Scenario:

      Hidden
    • Format Cell

      • These formatting improvements apply to Number, Currency, and Decimal types:

      • Decimal Control: Set the number of decimal places for Currency/Decimal fields (rounded).

      • Unit Scaling: Scale numbers for easier display. Example:

    • Default Value The Default Value feature allows Designers to set predefined values for specific fields such as text, number, or date when creating a new records in a matrix. These default values are automatically applied only if the record does not already exist in the dataset. Existing records will not be overwritten by default values.

    Find out more about Configure Measures here.

    Conditional Formatting for Data and Y-axis Objects

    We've added conditional formatting in Matrix and enhanced it by introducing separate configuration tabs for Y-axis and Data fields, offering more flexibility and control in your visualizations.

    What’s New:

    • Y-Axis Formatting: Supports Single, Group, and Color Bar formatting styles for values on the Y-axis.

    • Data Field Formatting: Also supports Single, Group, and Color Bar options for all Data fields. This enables powerful contextual formatting based on related information.

    Conditional Formatting

    Find out more about Conditional formatting here.

    Contextual Values in Header Action

    Users can now interact with column header filters more intuitively across most data types, enabling efficient selection and filtering using contextual values directly from the Grid.

    Supported Data Types: Text Area, URL, Email, String, Lookup, Date, Datetime, Picklist, Multi Picklist, and Boolean.

    Key Enhancements:

    • Dropdown Values: Display unique values rendered in the grid for filtering.

    • Search Behavior: Typing in the dropdown dynamically narrows the list.

    • Sorting: Values are now sorted A–Z (Excel-style), not by record order.

    • Date & Datetime: Users can now combine preset options like Yesterday, Today, This Week, Last 90 Days, and more with operators (e.g., equals, before, after) for more flexible and powerful filtering.

    • Picklist Sorting: Now respects Salesforce picklist configuration.

    Find out more about Column Header Action here.

    Header Actions

    Records Grid in Detail View

    We've improved the Detail View Record Grid to give you more control and flexibility:

    • Configure Visible Fields: You can now manage which fields are shown or hidden in the record grid using the new Configure Record Grid option available on the Data Config screen.

    • Mass Modifier Support: We've introduced the Mass Modifier feature in the DDV Record Grid, allowing you to modify multiple records in bulk for greater efficiency.

    👨‍💻 Designer Enhancements

    • Configure Records Grid button opens a popup displaying all Data fields by default.

    • Row Numbers are now shown as the first column.

    • Easily add, remove, and rearrange columns.

    • Provides a clear mockup of the Records Grid layout.

    Matrix Detail Layout

    ⚙️ Runtime Enhancements

    • Supports column rearrangement, single-column sorting, search, and bulk edit, leveraging a Grid functionality.

    • Column resizing is supported for better control.

    • Header Actions are removed for simplicity—only sorting is allowed.

    • Context Menu (right-click) includes:

      • Copy

      • Copy with Header

      • Paste

      • Delete

    Matrix Detail View

    Matrix Controls

    We've introduced a comprehensive set of Matrix Controls to extend functionality and provide greater flexibility for Matrix views. These controls allow users to manage fields, display settings, and records more effectively.

    Matrix Control

    These controls enable users to fine-tune the matrix layout and improve data interaction across Matrix views. Find out more about Matrix Control here.

    Filter Button for Child Records Based on Parent Selection

    A new "Filters (Current Object)" button has been introduced to support filtering child records based on the selected parent records. This button appears only when the parent object is selected as the first (initial) object in the data filter.

    Filter for Current Object

    Multi-Level Sorting for Matrix

    This enhancement allows users to apply multiple sorting conditions to matrix objects on the Y-axis, similar to Wave Grid which offering full flexibility with no limit on the number of sort levels.

    Designer/Admin Configuration

    • Sort Setup: Designers can define default sort conditions under Display Option in Matrix Configuration.

    • Permission Control: Designer can determine whether runtime users can edit or reapply sorts at Matrix Controls.

    Runtime Behavior

    • If permitted, runtime users can modify or apply additional sorts.

    • If editing is restricted, users will only see the preconfigured sort order.

    Find out more about Sort here.

    Sort in Matrix

    Configurable Default Record Count for Global Grids

    We’re introducing a new setting that allows users to define a Default Record Count for Global Grids. This enhancement gives administrators and designers greater flexibility in controlling the number of records loaded by default, both at the Production level and for individual Global Grids.

    Where It's Available

    • Global Grids: Accessible in the Manage Grid > Options section.

    • Org-Level Settings: Available in Advanced Settings for all Grids.

    Key Details

    • Users can enter a value between 200 and 10,000; invalid inputs will trigger an error.

    • Global Grids can override the production level default.

    • “Records per Page” has been renamed to Default Record Count in org-level Advanced Settings.

    • The input field is now a textbox for easier value entry.

    Record count for Global Grid
    Record Count for Custom Grid

    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Highlight Frozen Columns with Drop Shadow

    Frozen columns now display a subtle drop shadow to visually distinguish them from the rest of the columns.

    Frozen Column

    This enhancement improves clarity when columns are frozen to the left or right, especially in larger datasets.

    Sorting Enhancements for Date Fields in Group

    A new Sort By option is now available for date fields in Group, giving users more control over how date-based data is displayed in the grid.

    This enhancement works alongside the existing Date By option and improves the overall experience when grouping by date.

    User Experience Improvements:

    • Sort By (visible when a date field is selected):

      • Older to Newer (default)

      • Newer to Older

    • Date By (unchanged):

      • Monthly (default)

      • Quarterly

      • Yearly

    Grouping sort by date

    This feature enhances flexibility in viewing date-grouped records, making it easier to analyze data in the desired chronological order. Find out more about Group here.

    Enhanced Group Floaty – Remove Grouping Capability

    We’ve introduced the ability to remove grouping directly from the Group Floaty offering a more flexible and intuitive grouping experience.

    Enhancements:

    • Users can now remove grouping from:

      • The Group Navigation dropdown

      • The Group Floaty window

    • The "Group" label has been removed from the Floaty for a cleaner UI.

    Group Floaty

    These updates simplify the grouping workflow and provide users with better control over grouped views. Find out more about Group here.

    Manage Access in Grid Control

    The Grid Control tab empowers Admins and Designers to manage how Standard Users interact with the grid. In this update, we've expanded its capabilities to provide more granular control over user actions.

    New Permissions Added:

    Filters

    • Allow Editing Filters – Control whether users can modify filters applied to the grid.

    Display Options

    • Conditional Formatting – Enable or restrict users from applying formatting based on field values.

    • Column Grouping – Allow users to group data by specific columns.

    • Related Lists – Control the ability to add related lists to the grid.

    • Freeze/Unfreeze Columns – Let users lock or unlock columns for easier scrolling and navigation.

    • Allow Sorting – Disable this to prevent users from sorting grid data via the UI.

    Grid Control

    These enhancements offer improved flexibility and security, allowing Designers and Admins to tailor the user experience according to organizational needs. Find out more about it here.

    Matrix Rendering Limits

    To improve performance and ensure a smoother experience, we’ve defined new rendering limits for the Matrix view.

    🔢 Record Limits:

    • Y-axis (Rows):

      • Up to 150,000 records for single object matrices.

      • Up to 10,000 records for two and three object matrices.

    • X-axis (Columns):

      • Supports a maximum of 120 columns.

    If the selected records exceed these limits, users will see a popup message. Clicking OK will redirect them to the record selection screen to adjust their selection.


    🐞 Bug Fixes

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    • Blank Grid Displayed for Related Lists from Floaty Resolved an issue where opening a related list from the floaty displayed a blank grid with no data. The related list now correctly loads and displays the associated records in the grid.

    March 25 Release (v40)

    📢 Announcing the March Release

    We’re excited to bring you the latest updates in Wave! This release is packed with powerful new features, helpful enhancements, thoughtful updates, and important bug fixes — all designed to improve your experience and boost productivity.


    ➕ What's New?

    Matrix Add-On: Licensing, Trial, and Upgrade

    We've introduced the Matrix Add-On for Pro subscription users in Wave Browser Extension, making licensing, trials, and upgrades more seamless.

    🆓 Free Subscriptions (Trial)

    • Admins or Designers can initiate a 30-days trial for Matrix.

    • A visible countdown is shown during the trial.

    • Once the trial expires, all matrices are locked and no longer accessible.

    • To continue using Matrix, users must purchase the Pro plan with Matrix Add-On.


    💼 Pro Subscriptions (Trial)

    • Pro users also receive a 30-days Matrix trial, started by Admins or Designers.

    • Both Pro users and free users will see a countdown timer.

    • After 30 days, all matrices are locked unless the Matrix Add-On is purchased.

    • To purchase, please contact our Sales team via the Contact Sales


    🔓 Pro + Matrix Add-On (Upgraded)

    • Users with the Pro license automatically gain access to Matrix if upgraded with the Add-On.

    • Those without the Add-On cannot use Matrix, even if they have a Pro license.

    • Matrix Add-On licenses are managed under Settings > Licenses.


    ⛔ Pro + Add-On Expired

    • Once the Matrix Add-On expires, matrices become locked and inaccessible.

    These feature updates make Matrix licensing, trials, and upgrades more user-friendly! 🚀

    Assigning a Matrix to Standard Users

    You can now assign a Matrix to specific users in your organization during its creation or directly from the Matrix home screen.

    1. Assigning Access During Matrix Creation:

      • Admins/Designers can click 'Manage Access' to select either Allow All Users or Selected Users.

    2. Assigning Access from the Matrix Home Screen:

    Run Capability in Matrix Runtime Mode

    We’re enhancing the Matrix Runtime mode by adding a "Run" button near the Recent section. This feature allows users to run matrices directly from runtime mode, eliminating the need to navigate back to the dashboard.

    This feature streamlines the process, making it easier for Designers and Standard users to run matrices without switching screens.

    Preview Changes on Matrix

    We are excited to announce the new Preview Changes feature on Matrix, which provides a more intuitive and consolidated way to view modifications within your grids.

    This feature streamlines your workflow by making it easier to review and manage grid Matrix modifications. Enjoy the improved experience with the new Preview Changes Grid!


    ✨ Enhanced UI / UX Design

    Improved Grid Creation and Management

    We've enhanced the Grid Creation process, making it more intuitive and efficient for users.

    • Custom & Global Grids: Users can create Custom and Global grids. The Global Grid option is available only for Admins and Designers, who can configure grids as global and manage access for Standard Users. Standard Users can view Global Grids if access is granted by an Admin or Designer.

    • Improved User Controls:

    These enhancements simplify grid creation and ensure better accessibility, flexibility, and control over grids.

    Settings: Licenses & Feature Access

    We’ve improved the Settings section by renaming "Team Members" to "Licenses" and renaming the "Permissions" tab to "Feature Access." Additionally, "Feature Access" is now located under the "Advanced" section for better organization.

    Note: Users can now manage grids at for individual grid level at Global grids.

    These enhancements simplify feature management and provide a more intuitive experience for configuring grid-level permissions.

    Column Grouping Now Available from the Toolbar

    We’ve made Column Grouping more accessible by adding it directly to the Toolbar. Users can now quickly group columns without navigating through additional settings, making data organization faster and more efficient. .

    Enhanced Related List Display Options

    We've improved the Related List display options by moving them from the Manage Grid to the Add button for easier access. The system now remembers the last selected display option at the extension level, with Hierarchical as the default. .

    Improved Hierarchical Grid Design

    We've redesigned the Hierarchical Grid to enhance user experience, making it more intuitive and user-friendly.

    Enhanced Column Header Display

    We've improved how column headers display when space is limited:

    • Smart icon removal – Icons are hidden first when a column is squeezed, preserving text visibility for as long as possible.

    • Seamless column dragging – The drag handle icon is removed; simply use the hand cursor to reposition columns.

    • Improved readability – If a column shrinks to a single character, hovering over it reveals the full name in a tooltip.

    These enhancements provide a more streamlined and user-friendly experience when managing column headers in constrained spaces.

    Enhanced Lookup Value Picker

    We've improved the Lookup Value Picker for a smoother and more efficient selection experience in Filters and Conditions.

    What’s New?

    • Better Visual Distinction – Icons now appear before lookup names for easier identification.

    • Improved Scrolling – Displays at least 15 lookup values per scroll with smooth lazy loading for large datasets.

    • Multi-Select with Checkboxes – Users can now select multiple lookup values at once (applies to "is any of" and "is none of" filters).

    These enhancements improve efficiency when setting up Filters and Conditions.

    Enhanced Handling of User Lookup Fields

    We've improved user lookup-based filtering to support more use cases and allow dynamic filtering based on the logged-in user.

    What’s New?

    • Special Handling for User Lookup – Treated as a distinct lookup type for better flexibility.

    • Applies to “Is” and “Is Not” Operators – Ensuring precise filtering.

    • Default Selection: Logged-in User – Automatically sets the active user for convenience.

    • Lookup Picker as Second Option – Allows manual selection, functioning as before.

    These enhancements improve filtering capabilities for User Lookup fields, making them more dynamic and user-friendly.

    Duplicate Grid Option

    We’ve improved the Duplicate Grid functionality for a more seamless experience across all grid types.

    • Global Grid: If assigned to specific users (not all), a pop-up titled "Duplicate Grid Name" appears with two options:

      • Duplicate Global Grid with users

      • Duplicate Global Grid without users If assigned to all users, the Manage Grid pop-up opens directly.

    This enhancement simplifies grid duplication, ensures consistency across grid types, and improves workflow efficiency.

    Error Highlighting in Matrix Runtime Mode

    To help users quickly identify errors after saving updates in Matrix runtime mode, we've improved error visibility:

    • Highlighted errors: Cells with errors will have a red border or background for easy identification.

    • Error indicators: An error icon or message will appear next to affected records.

    • Detailed error info: Hovering or clicking on an error will display more details about the issue.

    These enhancements make it easier to spot and resolve errors without confusion.


    🔄 Updates

    Pricing Enhancement – Subscription & Export Limits Update

    We’ve refined our subscription plans and export limits to offer better transparency and a smoother experience across all user tiers.

    Here’s what’s changing:

    • Standard Subscription has been deprecated for a more streamlined plan structure.

    • Filter Limit Notification: Users on the Free plan can now apply up to two filters in the Filters & Conditions screen. If this limit is exceeded, a "Filter Condition Limit Exceeded" popup will appear, prompting an upgrade. Only Admins can proceed with the upgrade.

    Additional Updates for Free Plan Users:

    • Can now create 1 Custom Object

    • Can now create 1 Global Grid

    • Migration is now available on the Free plan

    • Export Limits:

    These updates ensure that every user—free or pro—has a clear view of their capabilities and upgrade options. 🚀

    Deprecating the Shared Feature

    We're removing the Shared feature, meaning users will no longer have access to Shared grids or the Shared icon.

    What’s changing?

    • The Shared icon will be removed from:

      • Toolbar

      • Grid Selection Dropdown

      • Grid Sidebar (The Shared Grid icon will be replaced with Global Grid)

    This update streamlines grid management and ensures a more consistent user experience. 🚀


    🐞 Bug Fixes

    We've addressed several issues in this update to improve your experience. Here are the details of the bug fixes included:

    • Unique Naming for New Matrices Resolved an issue where newly created matrices were given a generic name (“Matrix”). Now, a unique number is appended to ensure distinct names.

    • Admin Role Promotion Fixed Resolved an issue where admins could not promote other users to admin. Now, admins can promote or demote users as Admin, Designer, or Standard. Designers can only promote Standard users to Designers, and Standard users cannot change roles.

    • Matrix – Aggregated Values Change on Refresh Fixed an issue where aggregated data in the Matrix changed unexpectedly each time the refresh button was used.

    Dynamic Matrix Field
    Matrix View
    Dynamic Measures

    ✅

    ✅

    ❌ Not shown

    ✅ Available (unchecked)

    ✅

    ❌

    ❌ Not shown

    ❌ Not available

    ❌

    ✅

    ✅ Shown

    ✅ Available

    ❌

    ❌

    ✅ Shown (fixed)

    ❌ Not available

    • Example:

      Configure the Fields Hidden and Dynamic Matrix Field

    • Field value = 1.345

      • Decimal Places = 3

      • Unit Scaling = Millions

      • Displayed as: 1.345 → Represents: 1,345,000

    Configure Format Cell

    Dynamic Measures
    Configure Default Value

    To purchase, please contact our Sales team via the Contact Sales button on the Matrix Dashboard or through the Subscription tab in Settings.

    button on the Matrix Dashboard or through the
    Subscription
    tab in Settings.
  • Admins/Designers can also access Manage Access from the Matrix home screen to assign users.

    Manage Access in Matrix Home Screen

  • Viewing and Removing Assigned Users:

    • Assigned users can be viewed and removed from the Manage Access tab.

      Remove Matrix Access

    This feature make it easier now to control who can access each Matrix—giving you more flexibility and better user management.

  • Favorite Grids: Easily mark grids as favorites for quick access.
    Favorite Grid

  • Feature Access: Admins and Designers can enable or restrict features for Standard Users, controlling their access and permissions within the grid. Note: This section is not visible to Standard Users.

    Feature Access
  • Grid Controls (For Standard Users): Enables field management, record addition/cloning, and deletion permissions when granted access for Global grids only. Learn more

    Grid Controls

  • Easier Access to Grid Creation: Users can now create grids from multiple locations, including:

    • Home screen → Add New button

    • Grid Selection Dropdown → Add New button

    • Edit button on an edit Standard View

    • Manage Grid from the More Options button

    • Objects with no views → Add New button

  • Selected Lookups as Tags
    – Chosen values appear at the bottom as tags under
    "Selected (Record Name)"
    for clear organization.
  • Quick Deselect – Easily remove a selected value by clicking the cross button on the tag.

  • Optimized for Large Selections – A horizontally scrollable, collapsible tags row ensures clarity, even for extensive selections (e.g., "60 Selected").

  • Icon Switcher for Easy Selection – Making it intuitive to toggle between options.

  • Helpful Tooltips –

    • Logged-in User: Indicates dynamic filtering based on the current active user.

    • User Picker: Allows manual selection of a specific user.

  • Custom, Report, and Salesforce View Grids:

    • The pop-up is titled "Duplicate Grid" and auto-fills the grid name as "Grid Name Copy" before opening the Manage Grid pop-up.

    Duplicate a grid

    Wave Free: Up to 40,000 records

  • Wave Pro: Unlimited exports

  • The Shared Grids will be deprecated.

  • Matrix Migration – IPC Should Not Be Migrated Resolved a bug where IPC Matrices were being migrated. Now, only Global Matrices are included in the migration.

  • Date Time Discrepancy After Time Zone Change Corrected a mismatch between the Date Time cell and the date picker when the user changed their Salesforce time zone.

  • Dependent Picklist Not Loading When Parent Field Is Out of Viewport Fixed an issue where the dependent picklist failed to load values if the parent field was scrolled out of view.

  • Conditional Formatting Not Applied to Boolean Fields in L2 Resolved a bug where conditional formatting didn’t apply to Boolean fields in L2 related records if the lookup field was empty.

  • Learn more
    Learn more
    Learn more.
    Matrix Add On
    Matrix Add On Licenses
    Manage Access in Matrix Designer
    Preview changes on Matrix
    Create a Global Grids
    Licenses
    Feature Access
    Column Grouping
    Related List Display Options
    Improved Hierarchical Grid Design
    Enhanced Column Header Display
    Lookup Filters
    User Lookup Fields
    Duplicate a global grid
    Error highlighting in Matrix
    Pricing Enhancement

    Settings Screen

    Adapt and leverage the full potential of Salesforce.

    Settings Overview

    To access the Settings screen, click the User Profile icon located at the top-right corner of the screen, then select Settings from the dropdown menu.

    The Settings screen is organized into eight sections, each providing specific tools and options for managing your account and application:

    General

  • Environment

  • Subscription

  • Licenses

  • Migration

  • Advanced

  • Feedback

  • All users (Designer, Admin, and Standard User), can access these sections. However, access levels and available features vary based on the user's role. For example:

    • Admin User: The first person to connect a Salesforce Org becomes an Admin User with a free subscription. Admin Users can manage subscriptions, purchase licenses, and assign them to users.

    • Designer: Designers have the same capabilities as Admin Users, except they cannot purchase licenses and assign licenses to users.

    • Standard User: Additional users are assigned Standard User roles.

    For detailed information about role-specific access in each section, refer to the User Roles: Admin User & Standard User.


    General

    The General section provides an overview of the user's basic information and Salesforce organization details. It is divided into two parts:

    Account Details

    Displays the user's key details, including: Name, Email ID and Company Name.

    Salesforce Org Details

    Includes information specific to the user's Salesforce organization, such as: User Name, Org Name, Org Type, Org ID and Role.

    General (Pro License User)
    General (Free License User)

    Notes: Users with Free License will have usage limitations, while Pro License users will enjoy unlimited usage.

    This section serves as a quick reference for essential user and organizational details.


    Environment

    The Environment section displays a list of Salesforce organizations associated with your account. The list includes the following details for each organization: Name, Org ID, Org Type, License Enabled, and Status.

    This section provides an overview of connected Salesforce orgs and their current status.


    Subscription

    The Subscription section helps admin users manage Valorx Wave subscriptions, including purchasing, upgrading, and updating billing details. This section includes four tabs:

    • Overview – View your current subscription status

    • Invoices – Access past invoices

    • Billing Information – Update your billing details

    • Payment Methods – Manage your saved payment options

    ⚠️ Only admin users can access and manage subscription-related settings.

    Subscription

    📦 Accessing the Subscription Section

    Only admin users (Free Subscription) can access and make changes in the Subscription section. To view or purchase a subscription:

    • Click the Upgrade button in either:

      • Next to your User Profile section on the Home screen

        Upgrade button at Home Screen
      • The Subscription section in Settings

        Upgrade button in Settings

    🚀 Upgrade to Wave Pro Plan

    1. Click Upgrade This opens the Wave Subscription Plans screen.

    2. Compare Free and Pro plans Hover over a feature to learn what it includes.

    3. Click Buy Now on the Pro plan The Payment Details screen will appear.

    4. Enter your details:

      • Billing Period: Yearly (default)

      • Paid Seats: Number of user licenses

      • Work Email

      • Card Details

    5. Click Review Order Once your payment is complete, you'll see a confirmation message and Pro features will be activated.

    🧠 Tip: If there’s a payment error, such as missing fields or card issues, an error message will guide you to fix it.

    Upgrade Wave Plan

    ➕ Buy More Licenses

    For Wave Pro Subscription:

    If you're already on the Wave Pro plan, you can purchase more licenses:

    1. Go to Subscription > Overview

    2. Click Buy More

    3. Enter the number of seats

    4. Complete the payment

    Buy More Licenses

    For Matrix Add-On:

    If you want to purchase licenses for the Matrix Add-On:

    • ✅ Go to the Subscription > Matrix section.

    • ✅ Click the Contact Sales to Buy Now button.

    • ✅ Choose the product and enter the number of licenses.

    • Then, click Submit to proceed with purchasing Matrix licenses.

    Matrix Add On - Buy now

    💬 When Will You Be Prompted to Upgrade?

    If you're using the Free plan and hit your monthly data update limit:

    • You’ll see a pop-up message with an Upgrade link when trying to update more records.

    • Clicking Upgrade:

      • As a standard user, you'll see: "Please contact Admin to upgrade the license." An email will be sent to your admin.

      • As an admin, you’ll be taken directly to the Subscription screen to complete the upgrade.

    Upgrade when limit reached

    Matrix Add-On Trial Expiry

    If you're using the Matrix Add-On and the trial period ends:

    • 🚫 Access to Matrix functionality will be disabled.

    • 🛒 A Contact Sales button will appear, allowing Admin users to initiate the purchase process.

    • 🛍️ Additionally, Admins can navigate to the Subscription section under the Matrix Add-On to find a Buy Now option for purchasing licenses.

    Matrix Buy Now

    Licenses

    The Licenses section displays a table with details of all users, including their subscription type (Free or Pro) and access levels (Admin, Designer, or Standard User). The table includes the following details: Name, Username, Subscription, Access, and Action.

    Team Members (Free License User)

    User Roles: Admin User & Standard User

    Valorx Wave has two user roles: Admin User and Standard User.

    Admin User: If you are the first to install Valorx Wave and connect your Salesforce Org to Valorx Wave, you automatically become an admin user for that Org with a Free subscription. As an admin user, you can add and manage the other team members (users), share the Admin rights with the other users, purchase/upgrade Valorx Wave Subscriptions, and assign licenses to the other users.

    Team Members (Admin with Pro Subscription)

    Designer and Standard User: Valorx Wave classifies users as Designers or Standard Users. If you are a Designer or a Standard User and need to purchase or upgrade your Wave subscription, please contact your Admin user for assistance.

    Designer Access in Settings

    Settings Access by Role

    Admin Users can perform the following actions from the Settings screen: ✅ Purchase or upgrade a Valorx Wave subscription. ✅ Add new team members (users). ✅ Assign or revoke Valorx Wave licenses for users. ✅ Add or deactivate users. ✅ Share Admin rights with other users.

    Standard Users have limited access and can: ✅ View account details and license information (but cannot purchase or assign licenses — only Admins can). ✅ Perform advanced actions like:

    • ✅ Refresh metadata.

    • ✅ Clear storage.

    • ✅ Set the number of records displayed per page.

    • ✅ Set the size of row groupings per grid.

    • ✅ View system logs.

    Designer Users have broader access and can: ✅ Perform all actions available to Admins except:

    • ❌ Cannot purchase or upgrade licenses.

    • ❌ Cannot assign or change roles for users.

    For these two actions, only an Admin user has the necessary permissions.

    Invite or Assign Roles to Users in Valorx Wave

    To add a team member (user) to Valorx Wave, follow these steps:

    For Pro Plan:

    • To assign Wave Pro access, click Assign Licenses under the Wave section.

    • To assign the Matrix Add-On (which also includes Wave Pro access), click Assign Licenses under the Matrix section.

    • In the pop-up, select the user(s) you want to assign licenses to.

    • Click Assign.

    For Free Plan:

    • Click Invite to invite users (Wave only — Matrix Add-On is not available on the Free plan).

    • In the pop-up, select the user you want to invite.

    • Click Invite.

    The invited user will receive an email with a link to download the Valorx Wave browser extension. After installation, they can log in and connect their Salesforce Org to Valorx Wave.

    Once connected, all invited or assigned users can collaborate within Valorx Wave and access the same Salesforce Org.

    You can view all added users in the Licenses section.

    Managing User Access

    As an Admin user, you can manage users in your organization on Valorx Wave. You can update user roles, modify access levels, and remove users from the organization as needed.

    You can perform the following actions from the Actions column:

    • Promote a user to an admin/designer user or demote them to a standard user.

    • Activate or deactivate a user.

    • Assign or revoke the Valorx Wave license.

      Promote user

    • Use the Filter icon to filter specific users, as shown in the image below:

    These tools ensure seamless team collaboration and efficient role management within your organization.

    This section helps users quickly view and manage licenses, team member roles, and subscriptions.


    Migration

    Admins can migrate grids from a source organization to a target organization. This feature allows for seamless transfer of grid data, ensuring that the relevant grids are available in the target org.

    To perform a migration, follow these steps:

    1. Select the source org from where the grid will be migrated.

    2. Choose the target org to which the grid will be transferred.

    3. Initiate the migration process, ensuring all grid data is moved accordingly.

      • Notes: At least one item must be selected to initiate the migration process.

    Grid migration

    Notes: This feature is accessible only to Admins and Designers. The feature is included in Standard and Pro subscriptions as a paid add-on.

    This feature is ideal for ensuring consistency across different environments and improving workflow continuity when transitioning to a new org.


    Backup & Restore

    The Backup and Restore feature allows you to easily back up your Grids, Matrices, and their complete settings, so you can bring them back exactly as you left them across orgs or whenever you need them again.

    Backup Grid or Matrix

    The Backup option lets you download a .wave file that contains all details of your Grid or Matrix. You can later restore this file in Wave Embedded or Wave Extension.

    Who Can Backup

    • Designers/Admins: Can back up both Grids and Matrices.

    • Standard Users: Can back up Grids only; Matrices are not supported.

    Supported File Types

    • .wave — Encrypted file containing a single Grid/Matrix details.

    • .zip — Contains multiple .wave files for bulk backup (zip itself is not encrypted).

    Steps

    1. Go to Settings → Backup & Restore.

    2. Click Backup Locally.

    3. Select one or more Grids or Matrices to include in the backup.

    4. Click Backup Now to generate and download the file automatically.

    Backup Locally

    What’s Included in the Backup

    The backup captures all essential data so it can be fully restored the Grid or Matrix later, including:

    • Fields (including attachments and formula fields)

    • Filters, rules, and conditional logic

    • Sorting order and grouping hierarchy

    • Column grouping and layout structure

    • Related and nested related lists

    • Any other custom settings or preferences

    • Row Action and Grid Action

    • Global Grids/Matrices are backed up exactly as configured by the admin (IPCs are excluded)

    Each backup file is securely encrypted and stored in the proprietary .wave format.

    Backup File Format

    Each .wave file includes the Grid or Matrix name and timestamp: <GridOrMatrixName> - <Timestamp>.wave

    Example: OpportunityGrid - 22-Oct-2025 2.43.37 PM.wave


    Restore Grid or Matrix

    The Restore feature lets you bring back your Grids and Matrices by uploading a .wave file or a .zip file containing multiple .wave files. It’s a quick way to recover your work, move grid or matrix details across orgs, or restore a full setup in one go.

    Who Can Restore

    • Designers/Admins: Can restore both Grids and Matrices.

    • Standard Users:

      • Can restore Global Grids, which will automatically convert to Custom Grids.

      • Cannot restore Matrices.

    Supported File Types

    • .wave — Encrypted file containing a single Grid/Matrix details.

    • .zip — Contains multiple .wave files for bulk restore.

    What Gets Restored

    All Matrix/Grid details stored in the backup, including (but not limited to):

    • Fields (including attachments and formula fields)

    • Filters

    • Rules and conditional logic

    • Sorting and grouping

    • Column grouping

    • Layout structure

    • Related and nested related lists

    • Row Action and Grid Action

    • Any other attributes saved during backup

    Note: Restoring Global Grids/Matrices recreates them exactly as configured by the admin. IPCs are not included.

    How to Restore

    1. Go to Settings → Backup & Restore.

    2. Click Restore.

    3. Upload one or more .wave files or a .zip file.

    4. Click Restore Now. The system validates the files for:

      • File type and integrity

      • Encryption and schema validation

      • Version compatibility

      • Check whether the Grid/Matrix already exists in the target org

    5. If duplicates are found, a dialog appears:

      • Create New Copy: Import with a _Copy1 suffix.

      • Overwrite: Replace the existing grid or matrix details.

      • Skip: Ignores this file and continues restoring others.

    6. Click Apply to start the restore process.

    7. A loader and progress bar show the restore progress.

    8. Once complete, a summary confirms the restored Grids and Matrices.

    Restore file

    Notes

    • Cancel options are disabled during restore to prevent incomplete operations.

    • Supports multi-file restore for bulk operations.

    Backup and Restore a grid

    Advanced

    The Advanced section gives admin users extra tools to manage and fine-tune their Wave experience. You can refresh data, adjust view settings, clear storage, manage user access, and check system logs—all in one place.

    The Advanced section includes three parts: General, Feature Access, and Logs.

    General

    Here’s what you can do in the General section:

    • Refresh Metadata: Sync the latest objects and fields from Salesforce.

    • Clear Storage: Reset the Wave extension and local storage if things feel out of sync.

    • Records per Page: Choose how many records you want to display per page in a grid.

    • Maximum Row Group per Grid: Set the maximum number of rows that can be grouped in a grid.

    • Show Activities: Tick the checkbox to display the Activities button on the right side of the Wave ribbon (it’s hidden by default).

    General Section

    Feature Access for Standard Users

    Control what Standard users can or cannot do in Wave. Admins and Designers can toggle permissions for the following features:

    • Grid: Turn off access to grids entirely for Standard users.

    • Reports: Restrict visibility or access to the Reports section.

    • Import Data: Block data imports into the grid.

    • Matrix: Disable the Matrix feature for Standard users.

    Feature Access Section

    Logs

    The Logs tab displays a list of activity logs that help you monitor system behavior or troubleshoot issues. Use this section when you need to dig into what’s happening behind the scenes.

    Logs Section

    Feedback

    We value your input! The Feedback section allows you to share your thoughts, suggestions, or report any issues—helping us make Valorx Wave even better. You can also rate your experience with the product.

    📍 Where to Find It

    You can access the Feedback form from:

    • Settings in your User Profile

    • The Left Panel in the app

    ✍️ How to Submit Feedback

    1. Select a Topic: Use the dropdown to choose the topic related to your feedback.

    2. Describe Your Feedback: Enter the details in the provided text box.

    3. Rate Your Experience: Give a rating from 1 to 5 stars.

    Feedback
    Settings

    Data Control & Customization

    Wave Grid gives you the power to personalize how data is displayed and interacted with—just like a flexible spreadsheet. Whether you're sorting, filtering, or accessing related records via lookup fields, you’re always in control of the grid layout and field behavior.

    Key controls include:

    • Column Header Actions for customizing individual columns.

    • Lookup and Lookup Filters for managing related data visibility.

    These features don’t just enhance visibility—they empower you to focus on the data that matters most.


    Column Header

    Each column in the Wave Grid has a Column Header, which displays the field name (title) of that column. These headers also include a drop-down menu (Header Action) packed with useful actions for managing and customizing data display.

    Users can also rearrange columns by dragging the column header using the hand cursor to reposition them as needed.

    To add new fields to the grid, hover over any column header and click the ➕ button that appears. This will open the field picker, where you can select the fields you want to include. After making your selection, click Update Fields to apply the changes.

    For more details, see .


    Field Selector

    The Field Selector is a popup window that allows you to search, filter, and manage fields for your object grid. You can access it in multiple places, including:

    • Manage Grid – by clicking the Add button to update existing grids.

    • Grid Wizard – when adding fields to a new object grid.

    Features in the Field Selector

    • Search Field Find a specific field in the object by typing its name in the search bar.

    • Field Type Filters Narrow down the field list by type, such as Lookup, Picklist, etc.

    • Included Toggle Switch between:

    Actions

    Once you’ve set your field selections:

    • Update Fields – Apply your changes and add the selected fields to the object grid.

    • Cancel – Close the Field Selector without saving changes.


    Formula Field

    Formula Fields allow Designers to create new calculated fields within the grid. These fields automatically compute values based on existing field data using formulas and supported functions. Formula Fields are especially useful for displaying totals, discounts, or combined text values without manually updating the data.

    Note: Formula Fields create a new field in the grid. You cannot apply a formula to modify an existing field’s value.

    When to Use Formula Fields

    Use Formula Fields when you need to display data that depends on calculations or conditions between existing fields. For example:

    • To show the final amount after a discount

    • To combine two text fields such as delivery method and status

    • To display a shortened version of a long text field

    How to Create a Formula Field

    1. In Field Selector, click Formula Field

    2. Enter a Column Name (required) and choose the Formula Return Type.

    3. Enter your Formula Expression in the Formula Editor using supported field references and functions.

    4. Click Check Syntax

    Examples

    Use Case
    Example Formula
    Description

    Supported Functions in Formula Fields

    The following functions and operators are now supported. They are grouped by category for easier reference.

    Math Functions

    Function
    Description

    String Functions

    Function
    Description

    Logical Functions

    Function
    Description

    Conditional Function

    Function
    Description

    Arithmetic Operators

    Operator
    Meaning

    Column Header Action

    Click the drop-down icon in the column header to search for records and choose which ones to display, allowing for more tailored data viewing.

    Depending on the field type, the drop-down menu offers different options:

    • Picklist fields: You can search and select specific values, but filter options will not appear.

    • Date fields: Filter using preset options like Today, Tomorrow, Next Month, or choose a custom date using the calendar picker.

    • Number fields: Filter options adjust to allow number-specific conditions such as equals, greater than, less than, and more.

    If a field is Locked (Read-Only) in Salesforce, it will also be locked in Wave. A lock icon appears in the column header, and the data is read-only. The entire column will appear in grey, indicating that it’s non-editable.

    When a field is added using Lookup, the column header shows the number of lookup levels applied. Hover over the lookup number to view the full path. For example: CreatedBy >> Account >> CreatedBy >> Country

    Filter Features

    • Only values available in the grid are shown.

    • Typing in the filter dynamically narrows the list.

    • Picklist values follow the Salesforce-defined order.

    • A blue filter icon in the header shows which columns have active filters.

    Column Header More Options

    Wave Grid gives you Excel-like flexibility, putting you in control of your data with ease. Each column header offers powerful actions like freezing, sorting, grouping, and helping you organize information just the way you need it. You can also insert or remove columns seamlessly within the familiar, spreadsheet-style interface for a highly customizable data experience.

    Freeze/Unfreeze Column

    • Keep a column visible while scrolling horizontally.

    • Unfreeze returns it to its original position.

    Group Columns

    • Organize related fields by grouping columns together.

    • Find out more about Column Group .

    Insert Field

    1

    Open the Insert Field Panel

    Click Insert Field to open a pop-up showing all available columns for the selected object (e.g., Opportunity).

    • Fields already present in the current grid will be pre-selected.

    • You can search for fields using the search bar or filter by data type using the Data Type dropdown.

    For Standard Grids, adding a new column/field converts it to a custom grid, with a toast notification and rename prompt. Find out more about it

    Remove Field

    • Removes the selected field from the current grid view.

    Sort

    • Sort data in ascending (A–Z / 0–9) or descending (Z–A / 9–0) order.

    Notes: When you sort using the column header, the sorting only happens on the records that are already loaded in the grid. No Salesforce call is made. Also, this kind of sorting is temporary and will reset if you refresh or reopen the grid.

    These Header Action features make data handling in Wave as seamless and powerful as working in Excel, enhancing productivity while keeping your Salesforce data structured and accessible.

    Want to understand how Header Sort compares to Toolbar Sort? See


    Lookup

    The Lookup feature enables you to:

    • See and update the account information from the Grid columns in a single click

    • Change the relationships between two entities in a single click. For example, if you wish to change the account name for a contact or vice versa, you can do it in a single click.

    Please find the information that will help you to use the Lookup feature.

    Where it is available, the Lookup feature is denoted by its icon in the column header, as shown in the image below.

    • In each field of such column, you will see the icon when hovering.

    • The data matter in such a column will have a grey background.

    You can use Lookup to change entity relationships. For example, let's change the account name for the Dickenson Mobile Generations opportunity.

    1. Hover over its respective account name field and click on the Lookup icon.

    2. A pop-up will show the list of all account names. Scroll down or search for the new account name and click on it.

    3. The account name for the Dickenson Mobile Generations opportunity will be changed.

    4. It will also perform the other applicable changes.

    • The lookup feature will also enable you to view the entity details. For example, let's open the details for Account Name.

    1. Instead of clicking on the Lookup icon, click on the account name written in a grey background.

    2. The account details pop-up screen will open.

    3. You can edit the details and save them if required.

    Lookup Filters

    Lookup fields in the grid now fully adhere to the filters applied in Salesforce, ensuring consistent data visibility and user experience in Salesforce. This configuration allows users to interact with more refined data sets, making it easier to find the necessary records.

    This is only applicable for admin users. Non-admin users must have the "Grid Setup and Configuration" permission to use lookup filters.

    Key Benefits:

    • Enhanced Data Accuracy: Lookup Filters ensure users are selecting from relevant data sets, reducing errors in data entry.

    • Improved Efficiency: Lookups display only records that meet the defined filter conditions, minimizing the need to sift through extensive lists.

    • Customizable Filters: Admins can define the filter criteria based on field values or other conditions to streamline the selection process.

    This functionality is especially useful for users working with large data sets, ensuring that only the most relevant records are available in the lookup field.

    Order Summary
    Filter specific user
    Included – shows fields already added to the grid.
  • Not Included – shows fields that have not yet been added.

  • Formula Field Create a new custom formula field directly within the Field Selector.

  • Refresh Object Update the list of fields to match the latest object definition in Salesforce. Any new fields created (or removed) in Salesforce will be reflected after refresh.

  • to validate the formula. If no errors appear, proceed to the next step.
  • Click Apply to save the formula.

  • Click Update Fields to add the field to the grid.

  • LOG

    Returns the natural logarithm of a number.

    SUM

    Returns the sum of two or more numbers.

    MAX

    Returns the largest value in the list.

    MIN

    Returns the smallest value in the list.

    LENGTH

    Returns the length of a string.

    TRIM

    Removes leading and trailing spaces.

    ISBLANK

    Returns true if the string is empty.

    >

    Greater than

    <

    Less than

    <=

    Less than or equal

    >=

    Greater than or equal

    %

    Remainder

    String fields: Users can filter records by selecting text values directly from the available list, making it easy to narrow down results based on specific text entries.

  • Formula Fields: Filtering behavior for Formula Fields depends on the formula’s output data type.

    • Number formulas: Support number-based conditions (equals, greater than, less than, etc.).

    • Text formulas: Allow filtering by selecting text values from a list.

  • Lookup Fields: Lookup filter options follow the data type of the referenced field.

    • Lookup to text-based fields: Users can filter by selecting the available text values.

    • Lookup to number-based fields: Number-specific filter conditions are applied.

    • Lookup to date fields: Date-related filter options become available.

  • Use Clear All Filters to reset your grid view.

    2

    Refresh Object Fields (Optional)

    If you don't see newly added fields in Salesforce, click Refresh to sync the latest metadata from Salesforce.

    3

    Add and Confirm

    Select the fields you want to insert and click OK. The selected columns will be added to your grid.

    Insert Fields

    Final Amount After Discount

    IF(Discount__c > 0, FLOOR((Amount__c - (Amount__c * Discount__c / 100)) * 100 + 0.5) / 100, Amount__c)

    Calculates the final amount after applying a percentage discount, rounded to two decimal places.

    Total Value

    Quantity__c * UnitPrice__c

    Multiplies quantity by unit price to show the total value.

    Combined Field

    CONCAT(DeliveryMethod__c, " - ", Status__c)

    Combines the delivery method and status into one field.

    Shortened Description

    SUBSTRING(TRIM(Description__c), 0, 30)

    ABS

    Returns the absolute value of a number.

    SQRT

    Returns the square root of a number.

    ROUND

    Rounds a number to the nearest integer.

    FLOOR

    Rounds a number down to the nearest integer.

    CEIL

    Rounds a number up to the nearest integer.

    EXP

    Returns e raised to the power of a number.

    CONCAT

    Concatenates two or more strings.

    UPPER

    Converts text to uppercase.

    LOWER

    Converts text to lowercase.

    LEFT

    Returns the leftmost N characters of a string.

    REPLACE

    Replaces part of a string with new text.

    SUBSTRING

    Extracts characters between two positions.

    CONTAINS

    Checks if a string includes a specified substring.

    BEGINSWITH

    Checks if a string starts with a substring.

    ENDSWITH

    Checks if a string ends with a substring.

    AND

    Returns true if all conditions are true.

    OR

    Returns true if at least one condition is true.

    ISNULL

    Checks if a value is null or undefined.

    IF

    Returns one value when a condition is true and another when false.

    +

    Addition

    -

    Subtraction

    *

    Multiplication

    /

    Division

    =

    Equals

    !=

    Not equal

    Insert Field
    here
    here.
    Sorting Overview
    Column Header
    Rearrange Fields
    Add field
    Formula Field
    Header Action Drop-down
    Locked Field (Read Only) Column Header
    Lookup Field Column Header
    Column Header Filter Features
    Column Header More Options
    Freeze and Unfreeze Column
    Group columns
    Remove Field
    Lookup field icon
    Lookup - Changing relationship between fields
    Lookup - Seeing record details using lookup

    Shows the first 30 characters of a trimmed text value.

    Matrix Configuration

    Matrix Configuration for Wave

    Create A New Matrix

    The Matrix Configuration page allows users to define the structure and layout of a matrix. You can access this page in different ways depending on your environment:

    • Wave Embedded: Access Matrix Configuration by clicking the Add New button and selecting Matrix, or directly clicking the Matrix Wizard button from the Wave Dashboard.

    • Wave Extension: Go to the Matrix screen and click Create New Matrix to begin configuring a new matrix.

    Notes: This page is only for Designer or Admin role.

    1. Matrix Details

    The Matrix Details section lets Designers configure the structure and data sources of the matrix.

    Matrix Title

    The title is automatically generated based on the selected Row and Column objects, followed by the word “Matrix” (e.g., Account and Opportunity Matrix). Designers can manually rename the Matrix title as needed.

    Layout Configuration

    Define the key components of your matrix by selecting objects and fields for each axis:

    • Row (Y-axis) : Choose the object and its fields to represent matrix rows.

    • Column (X-axis) : Select the object and a single field to represent columns.

      Note: Supported field types for the X-Axis are Date, Lookup, and Picklist.

    • Data


    2. Data Config

    The Data Config section empowers Designers to shape how data is structured, calculated, and presented in the matrix. It includes tools to:

    • Define data aggregation and editing behavior through

    • Control the runtime experience of viewing and editing records with

    • Customize how data fields are laid out using

    Together, these settings offer powerful flexibility to tailor the matrix to your business needs and user workflows.

    Configure Measure

    The Configure Measure section allows Designers to define how data is calculated, displayed, and edited within the matrix. It includes settings for aggregating data, controlling how changes are saved, and customizing the behavior and appearance of each field.

    Data Aggregation

    Choose how values are pulled from the dataset.

    • Combine Value – Aggregates all related records using functions like Sum, Average, or Count.

    • First Match – Displays the value from the first matching record.

    Save Options (only for Combine Value)

    Decide how edited values are distributed across records.

    • Weighted Average

    • Equal Distribution

    Data Fields

    The Data Fields section lets Designers customize how each field behaves and appears within the matrix. These settings control display preferences, input rules, formatting, default values, and field behavior during runtime.

    Field Name

    • Click to rename the field (must be unique; max 25 characters).

    • Use Revert to reset the name to the system default.

    Group Functions(for Combine Value)

    Define how data is summarized when combining multiple records:

    • Sum – Adds up numeric values.

    • Average – Calculates the average value.

    • Count – Counts the total number of records.

    • Required

    Dynamic Matrix Field

    Controls whether the field appears in the Dynamic Measures tab at runtime.

    • ✅ Checked – The field appears in the Dynamic Measures tab in runtime and users can toggle its visibility as needed.

    • ⬜ Unchecked – The field appear in the Dynamic Measures tab, but users cannot toggle its visibility during runtime.

    Hidden Field

    Hides the field from the matrix view by default.

    • If a field is both Hidden and a Dynamic Matrix Field, it stays hidden initially but can be added by the user at runtime through Dynamic Measures.

    Field Visibility Scenario:

    Hidden
    Dynamic Matrix Field
    Matrix View
    Dynamic Measures

    Total

    The Matrix Totals feature allows you to display automatic totals directly within your matrix grid, giving you instant insights into your data without additional calculations.

    • Configurable Display: Choose up to three columns to show totals during configuration.

    • Instant Calculation: Totals are automatically generated based on the values in your data columns

    Display Behavior

    • Show Totals Visibility: The Show Totals checkbox is hidden if:

      • The maximum column limit is reached, or

      • The selected field in Data Config is non-numeric.

    • Default Position: The Totals column is pinned to the right side by default.

    Notes — When the matrix is first rendered and historical columns are hidden, their data isn’t initially loaded. As a result, the Totals column doesn’t include hidden historical data at first. Once the user expands the hidden historical columns, the data is fetched, and from that point onward, the Totals column reflects historical data, even if those columns are later collapsed again.

    Read-Only

    • Prevents users from editing the field in the matrix. Display only.

    Format Cell

    Applies to Number, Currency, and Decimal fields.

    • Decimal Control – Set number of decimal places.

    • Unit Scaling – Display values in thousands, millions, etc.

    Example:

    • Field value: 1.345

    • Decimal Places: 3

    • Unit Scaling: Millions

    Default Value

    Allows setting predefined values for new records only. These values are not applied to existing records.

    Detail Layout

    Use the Detail Layout settings to control how users view and edit matching records within the matrix during runtime.

    Show Detail View Toggle

    Enable or disable the Detail View in runtime.

    • Enabled – Users can access the DDV to view and edit records.

    • Disabled – The DDV will be hidden from runtime.

    Cell Behavior Options

    Set how users can edit records:

    Option
    Description

    Records Grid and Detail View

    View and manage matching records in a records grid. Click a record to open its detailed layout to review and edit.

    • Configure Record Grid Customize the fields shown in the record grid:

      • Add or remove fields.

      • Rearrange column order to prioritize important data.

    • Configure Detail Layout Design how fields appear in the record detail view:

    Matrix Orientations

    Choose how your data is arranged in the matrix by selecting an orientation that best fits your analysis:

    • Horizontal Orientation – Fields from the data object are displayed as columns.

    • Vertical Orientation (Coming soon) – Fields from the data object are displayed as rows.

    This flexibility helps you customize the matrix layout based on the structure of your data and how you prefer to analyze it.

    In Runtime:


    3. Timeline – Matrix Configuration (Visible Only for Date Fields)

    This tab lets you choose between Straight Line and Telescope views to display data over time.

    Visible only when a Date field is selected for the Column (X-axis)

    The Timeline tab allows Designers to display data over time using structured or dynamic intervals. This configuration becomes available only when a Date field is selected for the column.

    Example:

    Choose Timeline Methods

    • Straight Line: Displays data chronologically based on the selected interval.

    • Telescope: Enables a dynamic, rolling time window (e.g., Past 3 Months, Current Quarter, or All Years), ideal for trend analysis.

      • 0 is allowed in Telescoping Timeline only if at least one of the three values (Months, Quarters, Years) is greater than 0 or set to “All.”

    Time Horizon

    • Absolute: Pick a fixed start date using a calendar.

    • Relative: Dynamically define time ranges using customizable logic.

      • Default: Uses "is on or before" with a default value of 1 month.

    Historical View

    Easily track and compare your past data with the new Historical View option.

    • Show Past Period (Relative only): Display historical data for up to 18 months.

    • Hide Past Month by Default: Past data is hidden initially; click the icon to toggle visibility.

    • Always Visible: Keep selected data visible, even when hidden, with options M, M-1, or M-2.

    This feature helps you analyze trends over time while keeping your data secure and organized.

    Special Rules

    Relative Time Horizon

    • If Straight Line Interval = Exact Date → Historical options are not supported.

    • If Timeline Method = Telescope → Telescoping starts from the current period, and Historical data will be monthly only.

    Absolute Time Horizon

    • If Straight Line Interval = Exact Date → Historical options are not supported.

    • If Timeline Method = Telescope → Historical options are not supported.


    4. Filters – Record Selection

    The Record Selection feature lets you filter and refine the data shown in the Matrix based on the Row (Y-axis) and Column (X-axis) object selections.

    Accessing Record Selection

    Click the Filter button in the Matrix to open the Record Selection screen. You’ll see two sections:

    • Initial Selection – For the first object.

    • Subsequent Selection – For the second object.

    If neither selection has been configured, these sections appear greyed out and you will not be able to run the Matrix.

    Switch Axis

    A toggle button allows you to switch the Row and Column object positions. This can help you adjust how records are filtered and presented.

    Configuring Record Selection

    Clicking Configuration opens the Search Configuration window, where you define how records are searched and filtered.

    1

    Choose Object Type

    You can choose the source object for the selection:

    • Current Object (default): The object used when the Matrix was created.

    • Parent Object


    5. Display Options

    The Display Options section provides Designers with powerful tools to control the visual presentation and organization of Matrix data. It includes four configuration tabs: Conditional Formatting, Sort, Column Group, and Layout — giving you greater flexibility to customize how your data is grouped, sorted, styled, and displayed.

    Conditional Formatting

    Customize how your Matrix data is visually represented using separate formatting settings for the Y-Axis and Data Fields:

    Y-Axis Formatting Apply one of the following styles to values on the Y-axis:

    • Single – Apply formatting to individual values.

    • Group – Apply shared formatting across grouped values.

    • Color Bar – Use color gradients or bars to visually represent value intensity.

    Data Field Formatting Apply the same set of formatting options to any Data field:

    • Single, Group, or Color Bar – enabling contextual formatting to highlight trends or patterns in your data.

    This separation allows for precise and flexible visual enhancements based on your analysis needs.

    Known Issue

    Issue: In Matrix Configuration Mode, applying Conditional Formatting using ‘is any of’ or ‘is none of’ conditions on Date or DateTime fields causes the Matrix to fail to render completely. Users cannot see or interact with the Matrix.

    Workaround: Open the Matrix in Matrix Configuration Mode and delete the Conditional Formatting rule applied to the Date/DateTime field under Display Option section.

    ℹ️ Recommendation: Until the issue is fixed in an upcoming release, avoid applying ‘is any of’ or ‘is none of’ conditions on Date/DateTime fields in Conditional Formatting.

    Sort

    The Sort tab enables users to define multiple sorting conditions for Matrix objects on the Y-axis.

    • Supports full flexibility with no limit on the number of sort levels.

    • Works similarly to sorting behavior in Wave Grid.

    • Lets Designers organize complex data views exactly as needed for clarity and comparison.

    Column Group

    The Column Grouping tab allows Designers to visually organize Y-axis fields into grouped sections. This helps users quickly understand how related data are structured within the Matrix. Learn more about configuring column group .

    Layout

    The Layout tab allows Designers to customize the appearance of the Matrix for better readability and a polished presentation.

    Column Freeze

    Designers can freeze the Y-axis column to either the left or right side of the Matrix. This ensures important reference columns remain visible while scrolling horizontally.

    Row Height

    Choose from predefined row height options — Short, Medium, Tall, or Extra Tall — to improve data visibility. You can also enable Auto Size Column to automatically adjust the width based on content.

    For more details, see .

    Resizable Columns

    You can resize both Y-axis and Data-axis headers to fit your layout needs.

    • Expanded View: Click Expand to open a resizing dialog for precise adjustments. Any changes made can be saved as layout preferences.

    • Smart Display: Header text wraps neatly (up to three lines for Y-axis and two for Data-axis) and automatically hides icons when space is limited.

    • Consistent Formatting: Progressive font and margin adjustments with “...” truncation maintain a clean, professional appearance.

    These layout options provide greater flexibility and control, helping you design clear, well-structured Matrices even for large or dense datasets.


    6. Manage Access

    The Manage Access settings allow Admins and Designers to control who can access the Matrix and what actions Standard Users are allowed to perform at runtime. This section contains two key tabs: Users and Matrix Control.

    Users Tab

    Use this tab to define which users can access the Matrix.

    Allow All Users

    • Grants access to all users.

    • No further configuration is needed.

    Select Specific Users

    • Restricts access to only selected users.

    🔔 Note: If “Allow All Users” is selected, everyone automatically gains access.

    • Allow All Users – Grant access to everyone.

    • Selected Users – Restrict access to only selected users.

    ✅ To Assign Access to Specific Users:

    1. Choose Selected Users from the access options.

    2. Click the Add More button. A Select Users window will appear.

    3. Search for users using the search bar or scroll through the list.

    4. Select the desired users.

    🔔 If you choose Allow All Users, no further action is needed—all users will automatically have access.

    To remove a user's access to a Matrix, click the trash icon (🗑️) under the Action column, then click Save to apply the changes.

    Matrix Control Tab

    This tab provides fine-grained control over how Standard Users can interact with the grid at runtime.

    Field Permissions

    • ✅ Allow adding and removing Y-axis fields

    • ✅ Allow adding and removing Data fields

    • ✅ Allow rearranging fields Y-axis and Data fields

    Record Permissions

    • ✅ Allow adding Data record

    Display Options

    • ✅ Allow editing Y-axis conditional formatting

    • ✅ Allow editing Data conditional formatting

    • ✅ Allow editing column grouping

    • ✅ Allow freezing/unfreezing columns

    Note:

    • In Wave Embedded, click Save Matrix to save your configuration and Save and Surf to run the matrix runtime.

    • In Wave Extension, click Save to save changes and use the Run button to launch the matrix in runtime.

    (Measure): Specify the data source and fields that will populate the matrix values.
    • Type: Existing – Uses the same object as selected for the X-axis.

    • Type: New – Lets user select a different object, enabling two-object or three-object matrices, depending on the object combination.

    Marks a field as mandatory. Users must enter a value before adding or saving a record.

    ❌

    ❌

    ✅ Shown (fixed)

    ❌ Not available

  • User Movement: If the user moves the Totals column to the left (using the Move to Left icon), it appears between the Y-axis columns and the historical columns and becomes unpinned.

  • Toggling: Users can toggle between the two positions (pinned right vs. unpinned left).

  • Refresh Behavior: The Totals column returns to its default right-pinned position when the user refreshes or re-runs the matrix.

  • Displayed as: 1.345 → Represents 1,345,00
  • Add or remove fields.

  • Rearrange layout to suit your workflow.

  • 0 is not allowed in Relative Date configurations.

    Dual Parameters:
    Optionally include both "is on or before" and "is on or after" to define a precise rolling range.
  • The following are the maximum allowed values for each relative calendar interval:

    Interval
    Max Value

    Days

    365

    Weeks

    52

    Months

    120

    Quarters

    60

    This ensures consistent and accurate results when defining relative start dates.

  • Read Only: Lock past data to prevent any edits.
    : A parent of the current object. Selecting this updates the available fields based on the object relationship.
    Parent Object
    2

    Select Object Fields

    Once the object is selected:

    • Use the search bar or scroll to locate fields.

    • Select fields to display in the record selection popup.

    • Reorder selected fields — the order affects how fields appear during record selection.

    • Selected fields are marked with ✔️ and assigned a position number.

    3

    Filters and Filters (Current Object)

    The Filters section allows you to define how records are filtered before being displayed in the Matrix.

    When a Parent Object is selected as the initial (Y-axis) object, an additional button—Filters (Current Object)—will appear. This option allows you to apply filters on the child (current) records based on the parent records you've selected.

    • Filters: Use filters to narrow down the records for the selected object (either the Current Object or its Parent

    • Filters (Current Object): This option appears only when you’ve selected a Parent Object. It lets you filter child records based on the values from the linked parent record.

    This dual-filter setup provides greater control over what data appears in the Matrix, especially in parent-child object relationships.

    4

    Add Search Filters (Optional)

    If you want to pre-filter data:

    • Enable the Search checkbox for a field.

    • Choose a condition (e.g., Starts With, Equals).

    • Enter a default value.

    When Search is enabled for a field, it also enables filtering for Standard Users in the Record Selection window. This allows Standard Users to filter records based on those fields during Matrix runtime.

    5

    Choose Record Selection Mode

    Decide how many records users can select during runtime:

    • Single – Only one record can be selected.

    • Multi – Multiple records can be selected.

    Record selection mode
    6

    Linking and Filtering Between Objects (Subsequent/X-Axis Selection)

    After configuring the Initial Selection (Y-axis object), click Next to set up the Subsequent Selection (X-axis object).

    By default, the X-axis is linked to the Y-axis. This means the records available for the X-axis are filtered based on what you selected in the Y-axis.

    • For example, if the Y-axis is Schedule Plan and the X-axis is Scheduled Items:

      • Linked: Only Scheduled Items related to the selected Schedule Plan records will appear.

      • Unlinked: All Scheduled Items will be shown, regardless of which Schedule Plan records were selected.

    You can choose to unlink the objects if you prefer to configure filters independently for each axis.

    7

    Show Selection Toggle

    Click Show Selection to display the list of fields for the Subsequent Selection (X-axis object). This enables a second record selection window—allowing users to choose records based on the X-axis object, similar to how the Y-axis (Initial Selection) works.

    If Show Selection is disabled, users will only see the record selection window for the Y-axis object.

    Once enabled, the steps are the same as the initial selection as the above steps (Step 1 to Step 5).

    Show selection
    8

    Final Step – Submit

    • Review your configuration.

    • Click Submit to apply the filter settings and return to the Matrix.

    Record Selection Screen After Filter Configuration Once the Designer has configured the Filters, the Record Selection section updates to display only the records that match the defined criteria.

    Click Assign to grant them access.

    ✅ Allow editing sort

    ✅

    ✅

    ❌ Not shown

    ✅ Available (unchecked)

    ✅

    ❌

    ❌ Not shown

    ❌ Not available

    ❌

    ✅

    ✅ Shown

    Both

    Users can edit inline or open the DDV.

    Edit in DDV only

    Records can only be edited in the detail view.

    Edit Inline only

    Users edit directly in the matrix grid.

    Configure Measure
    Detail Layout
    Matrix Orientations
    here
    Auto Size Columns
    Wave Embedded - Add New Matrix
    Wave Extension - Create New Matrix
    Design Matrix Layout
    Data Config
    Edit the field name
    Dynamic Matrix Field
    Configure the Hidden Field and Dynamic Matrix Field
    Matrix Total
    Configure Format Cell
    Configure Default Value
    Detail Layout
    Matrix Detail View in Runtime
    Matrix Detail View Layout
    Matrix Orientation
    Horizontal Matrix Orientation in Runtime
    Vertical Matrix Orientation in Runtime
    Timeline
    Timeline - Straight line Monthly
    Timeline - Straight line Quarterly
    Timeline - Telescoping for 3 months and 3 quarters
    Timeline Method
    Start Date Configuration
    Historical View
    Filters - Record Selection
    Current Object
    Conditional Formatting
    Sort
    Manage Access
    Manage User Access
    Remove User Access
    Matrix Control

    ✅ Available

    Fiscal Quarters

    60

    Years

    15

    Fiscal Years

    15

    Select Object Fields
    Apply filters to the object fields
    Add Search Filters
    Link record selection
    Final step
    Record Selection Screen